LM - Travel Services G10

LM-Travel Services Grade 10
K to 12 Basic Education Program
TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION
HOME ECONOMICS
LEARNER’S MATERIAL
TRAVEL SERVICES
Specialization Course for Grade 10
1
Table of Contents
Cover Page
Table of Contents
Introduction...……………………………………………………….………………
Content Standard and Performance Standard
Objectives
Program Requirements
Learning Episodes
How to Use this Learning Material
Diagnostic Assessment……………………………………………………...
Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs)

Environment and Market (EM)
Quarter I
Overview
Objectives
Pre-Test 1……………………………………………………………….……
Lesson 1: THE PHILIPPINE TOURISM INDUSTRY (PT)
Learning Outcome 1 Understand the Vital Function of the Philippine
Tourism Offices
Learning Outcome 2 Describe the Role of the Private Sector in the
Philippine Tourism Industry
Enhancement Activity………………………………………………………..
Lesson 2: Travel MANAGEMENT COMPANIES AND TRAVEL
AGENCIES (TM)
Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Travel Management Companies
and Travel Agencies
Learning Outcome 2 State the Functions of Travel Management
Company (TMC) /Travel Agency
Learning Outcome 3 Explain the Organizational Structure of
TMC/Travel Agency
Learning Outcome 4 Plan to Put Up a Travel Agency
Post-Test 1…………………………………...……………………………….
2
Quarter II
Overview
Objectives
Pre-Test 2……………………………………………………………..
Lesson 1: MARKET AND DESTINATION (MD)
Learning Outcome 1 Identify the Markets and Destinations
Learning Outcome 2 Discuss the Types of Tourism
Learning Outcome 3 Assess and Match Travel Destination Suitable
for Travelers
Learning Outcome 4 Read and Interpret Map
Learning Outcome 5 Recognize Famous Tourist Destinations in the
World
Enhancement Activity……………………………………………………..
Lesson 2: THE INTERNET AND E-TRAVEL COMMERCE (ET)
Learning Outcome 1 Practice the Internet and E-Travel Commerce
Learning Outcome 2 Describe the Capabilities of Global Distribution
System (GDS)
Post-Test 2……………………………………………………………………
Quarter III
Overview
Objectives
Pre-Test 3……………………………………………………………………
Lesson 1: THE TRAVEL MANAGEMENT CYCLE
Learning Outcome 1 Arrange Flight Itinerary Using a Map and
Planner
Learning Outcome 2 Discuss Flight Reservation and Confirmation
Learning Outcome 3 Follow Rules and Principles in Airfare
Calculation and Travel Documentation
Enhancement Activity………………………………………………………
Lesson 2: CORPORATE TRAVEL MANAGEMENT
Learning Outcome 1 Practice Corporate Travel Management
Learning Outcome 2 Explain the MICE of Travel Management
Learning Outcome 3 Describe the Intranet and Extranets in Travel
Management
Enhancement……………………………………………………………….
Post-Test 3…………………………………………………………………
3
Quarter IV
Overview
Objectives
Pre-Test 4…………………………………………………………....……….
Lesson 1: TOUR AND TRAVEL PRODUCTS
Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Tour and Travel Products
Learning Outcome 2 Identify the Maritime Travel Products
Learning Outcome 3 Determine the Types of Lodging/Accommodation
Establishments in the Philippines
Learning Outcome 4 Discuss the Group Travel Arrangements
Enhancement Activity……………………………………………………
Lesson 2: TRAVEL AGENCY ACCOUNTING DOCUMENTS & THE

BILLING STATEMENT PLAN
Learning Outcome 1 Process Travel and Tour Accounting Documents
Learning Outcome 2 Follow Procedures for Airline Ticket Payment
Through the Banking System
Enhancement Activity…………………………………………………….
Integration…………………………………………………………………….
Post-Test 4…………………….……..……………………………………
Summative Assessment………………….……………………………………..
Synthesis……………………….………………………………………………...
Glossary…………………….…………………………………………………….
References……………….……………………………………………………...
4
Introduction
Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) is one nomenclature in the
implementation of the K to 12 Basic Education Program (BEP). It is
composed of four components, namely, Agri-Fishery Arts, Home Economics,
Industrial Arts and Information and Communication Technology. In this
learning material, the focus is on a course in Home Economics – Travel
Services.
The course provides varied and relevant activities and opportunities to

determine your understanding of the key concepts and to demonstrate core
competencies as prescribed in TESDA Training Regulation in Travel
Services. Thus, it aims to provide quality service to target clients along side of
assessing yourself as to the aspects of business that you may consider to
strengthen and safeguard before you become a part of the travel service
provider sector.
The world of work today presents a picture of available jobs that are
getting scarcer each year. To address this reality, the Department of
Education is stretching its available resources, prioritizing needs, and
developing sustainable programs to lead and to prepare the young minds as
future skillful travel agents or to any related jobs. The department further
believes that it is in honing the skills the learner can have an edge over other
job seekers. DepEd endeavors to equip the learners with the appropriate
knowledge, attitude, values and skills necessary to become productive citizen
of our society.
This learning material is specifically crafted to focus on the different

activities that will assess your level in terms of skills and knowledge
necessary to get a Certificate of Competency and/or National Certification.
This learning material will surely make you a certified travel service provider.
So, explore and experience the K to 12 TLE Curriculum!
5
Content Standard
The learners demonstrate understanding of the concepts and theories
in Travel Services.
Performance Standard
The learner independently demonstrates competencies in Travel

Services as prescribed in the TESDA Training Regulation.
Objectives
This module is dedicated for learners who aspire to improve their

understanding and skills in Travel Services and serve as their guide in
attaining the National Certificate Level II (NCII).
Generally, learners are expected to become proficient in performing
skills on the following competencies:
1. explain key concepts in Travel Services;
2. discuss the relevance of the course; and
3. explore career opportunities for Travel Services.
Program Requirements
Grade 10 students who will take Travel Services course as their
specialization in Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) – Home
Economics should have successfully taken the exploratory courses in their
Grade 7/8 and have successfully completed any skill specialization in Grade
9.
The student of this course must possess the following:
1. Excellent communication skills (must be proficient in the Native

Language/s; Filipino, English, and/or Foreign language/s);
2. Computer literacy;
3. Good visual impact and pleasing personality; and
4. Perfect vision (20/20) or if with contact lenses should not be beyond
20/30.
6
Learners are expected to manifest a desire to further develop their

knowledge and skill in Travel Services. They should have a clear
understanding about booking travel-related reservation, administering billing
and settlement plan, and issuing air, sea, land tickets and multi-purpose
documents. Learners are required to demonstrate desirable work habits and
attitudes towards the completion of outputs.
The learner‘s materials should be taken for the whole year round, with
a total of 40 hours per quarter. Lessons should be taken one at a time,
following the correct sequence being presented and should accomplish the
assessment or enhancement activity before proceeding to the next lesson.
Along the learning process, learners of this course are also required to
complete the 25-hour industry involvement to different travel sectors such as
travel agencies and airlines for them to become familiar with the nature of the
actual workplace.
Learning Episodes
This learning resource is subdivided into four (4) quarters which may
serve as the recommended scope and limit for every academic grading
period. Every quarter, there are lessons that comprise the learning outcomes.
Before exploring the core competencies of Travel Services, you will be
guided on how to assess your own Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies
and Skills (PECS) and let you demonstrate your understanding about the
Environment and Market.
Quarter I includes Lesson 1 on The Philippine Tourism Industry that
enables you to understand the vital function and role of the government and
private sectors in managing and developing the Philippine tourism industry,
and Lesson 2 on Travel Management Companies explains the organizational
set up and function of travel agencies/TMCs as intermediary between the
travel producers and clients.
7
Quarter II has two lessons namely: Lesson 1 Market and Destination

and Lesson 2 The Internet and E-Travel Commerce. Lesson 1 expects you to
identify and assess the travel markets and match them with the suitable
destination, while Lesson 2 allows you to practice the internet and E-travel
commerce, describe the capabilities of a Global Distribution System (GDS)
and work with the Amadeus GDS environment.
Quarter III covers two Lessons namely: Lesson 1 The Travel

Management Cycle that will let you arrange flight itinerary using a map and
planner, discuss flight reservation and confirmation, and follow rules and
principles in airfare calculation and travel documentation; on the other hand,
Lesson 2 Corporate Travel Management expects you to practice corporate
travel management, explain the characteristics of Meetings, Incentives,
Convention and Exhibitions (MICE), and describe the usage of Intranet and
Extranet in travel management.
Quarter IV details about Lesson 1 Tour and Travel Products that lets
you identify the different travel products in the country; and lastly, in Lesson 2
Travel and Tour Accounting Documents and Billing Settlement Plan, you will
process travel and accounting documents, and follow procedures for airline
ticket payment through the banking system.
Good luck and use this learning material as your guide to become a
successful travel service provider in the future.
8
HOW TO USE THIS LEARNING MATERIAL?
Here are some reminders for you as you use the modules. Be sure to
take note of them.
1. A diagnostic test precedes the activities in this learning material. Prepare
answer sheet where you can accomplish the tests in each learning
episodes. Complete the diagnostic test first before you go through the
activities. The diagnostic test determines how much you know about the
lessons in the learning material and identifies the areas you ought to
learn more. Your teacher will assist you to check and to analyze your
score in relation to your learning needs.
2. Each learning material has a sequence of activities. It contains integrative
and relevant information worthy of learning prescribed competencies and
performing the necessary tasks. Go over each activity carefully. If you
encounter difficulties, do not hesitate to consult your teacher for
assistance. Do not skip any topic unless you are told to do so.
REMEMBER that each activity is a preparation for the succeeding
activities.
3. For every lesson/learning outcome an enhancement activity follows to
help enrich the knowledge and skills you have gained.
4. When you have successfully finished all tasks in the learning material,
answer the post test to be given by your teacher. Your score will be
analyzed and will be used by your teacher for the computation of your
grade.
5. Lastly, DO NOT mark the learning material in any way.
9
DIAGNOSTIC ASSESSMENT
A. Multiple Choice
Direction: Read the statements carefully and write the letter of your
best choice in your answer sheet.
1. This means to be innovative, to have an edge over the other competitors

a. people skills
b. creativity
c. profit oriented
d. discipline
2. This is a meaningful and unforgettable statement that captures the essence

of your brand.
a. Product Naming
b. Unique Selling Proposition
c. Branding
d. Tagline
3. Refers to a skill in strategic thinking and setting of goals

a. decision making
b. hardworking
c. planning
d. self-confidence
4. In this stage, the needs of the target market are identified, reviewed and
evaluated.
a. Concept Development
b. Economic Analysis
c. Project Development
d. Refine Specification
5. This is generated by examining what goods and services are sold outside
by the community.
a. Business Creation
b. Business Pricing
c. Business Concept
d. Business Idea
10
6. The government agency that has the authority to regulate, supervise, and
license all tourism sub-sectors
a. Department of Interior and Local Government (DILG)
b. Department of Tourism (DOT)
c. Philippine Tourism Authority (PTA)
d. Philippine National Police (PNP)
7. This kind of tourist destination will surely bring relaxation and relieve stress
to the visitors during their spear time. Some of which are the theme park,
casino, fitness center, and spa center
a. Entertainment
b. Shopping
c. Recreation
d. Education
8. The company that offers travel services by sea

a. Sulpicio Lines
b. Victory Liner
c. Cebu Pacific
d. PAL Express
9. As stipulated in the law, travel agencies have the right to collect

commission from the travel producers/vendor of about 10 t0 15% of the
product selling price which pertains to
a. Rate-minus
b. Net-plus
c. Cost-plus
d. Rate-cost
10. Travel Management Company (TMC) performs the following role in the
travel distribution cycle, except
a. As retailer
b. As product producer
c. As counselor
d. As profit earner
11
11. Type of business entity organized by two or more individuals who agree to
share responsibilities with regard to business management and finances.
a. Sole proprietorship
b. Cooperative
c. Corporation
d. Partnership
12. This TMC department segment will benefit when the marketing plans are
effectively delivered to the consuming public.
a. Personnel
b. Sales
c. Accounting
d. Operations
13. It is described as that which motivates travelers to visit places is the

recognition they receive from locals because of their distinguished social
status, achievement, education, and good reputation.
a. Interpersonal motive
b. Cultural motive
c. Status and prestige
d. Physical motive
14. Clients who have not yet established their own family have the greater
tendency to avail of travel packages. The basis for this travel motivator is
a. Gender
b. Civil Status
c. Education
d. Budget
15. An example of lodging establishment

a. Shopping mall
b. Cafeteria
c. R&E Transport
d. Apartel
16. The type of tourism Aling Nenita does when visiting various churches in
Luzon during the Lenten season.
a. Historical tourism
b. Religious tourism
c. Eco-tourism
d. Cultural tourism
12
17. A kind of traveler who is willing to pay more for as long as the best travel
services will be given to him
a. Regular traveler
b. Budget traveler
c. High-end traveler
d. Corporate traveler
18. The part of the Philippine map that defines all symbols, colors, and other
markings used in the illustration.
a. Label
b. Scale
c. Title
d. Legend
19. Pertains to water passage between lands.

a. Strait
b. Fjords
c. Bay
d. Gulf
20. Russia is part of this continental land area.

a. South America
b. Middle East
c. Europe
d. Africa
21.The continent land area where you can find nature‘s wonder, the ―Great
Barrier Reef‖
a. North America
b. South America
c. Oceania
d. Asia
22. Below are the typical functions of a Computerized Reservation System

(CRS), except
a. Confirm seat availability information
b. Cancel existing reservations
c. Provide reservation information
d. Sell tickets for multiple airlines
13
23. This refers to Worldspan‘s pre-ticketing fare tool that protects airline
against incorrectly priced or reissued tickets.
a. Worldspan FareSource
b. Worldspan SecuRate Air
c. Travelport Rapid Reprice
d. Travelport FareVerified
24. Which of these is not a Global Distribution System?

a. Amadeus
b. Galileo
c. Experia
d. Sabre
25. What Department of Tourism office formulates the tourism standards,

approves the construction of tourism establishments, and accredits the
operations of travel agencies?
a. Planning, Product Development and Coordination
b. Tourism Promotions
c. Tourism Services and Regional Offices
d. Internal Services
26. The complete record of all requirements of the passenger, and provides a
history of actions taken, confirmation, option dates, and relevant information.
a. Booking Card
b. Itinerary Card
c. Passport
d. None of the Above
27. This is the flight schedule requested to be included in the client‘s itinerary.
a. Flight Itinerary
b. Estimated Time of Arrival
c. Estimated Time of Departure
d. Passenger‘s Number Record
28. The name of a flight that operates between two cities and makes a
change online or interline in one or more cities en route
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
c. Connecting Flight
d. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight
14
29. Contains flights of all airlines between a specific city pair for a one-week
period.
a. Schedule Display
b. Time-Table Display
c. Flight Information
d. Airtime Access Levels
30. A term that refers to coming together of a group of people with similar
interests to accomplish some predetermined goals or purposes
a. Meetings
b. Seminars
c. Workshops
d. Incentives
31. This is a group meeting devoted to analyze solutions of concrete

problems, or to acquire specific skills or knowledge in a particular field
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly
32. The name of a body of students meeting regularly to study the same
subjects.
a. Class
b. Clinic
c. Press Conference
d. Panel
33. This refers to any private meeting or secret assembly that is held to elect
a new pope. It may also be applied in the boardroom of a corporation, when
the directors meet in secret to discuss a possible hostile takeover
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly
15
34. Refers to those travelers of executive rank, such as directors, assistant

and executive vice presidents, presidents, chairperson and the like, traveling
to represent the company in events overseas, or to attend corporate affairs in
a multinational setting
a. Mariners
b. Corporate Executives
c. Business persons
d. Land-based overseas workers
35. Refers to the cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches on

each side which can sit up to three people
a. Executive Sleeper Class
b. Family Sleeper Class
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
36. This flight class has air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side of
the cabin.
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
37. The largest interisland shipping company in the Philippines today, that
operates the ―Sail Away‖ inclusive tour packages
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises
38. The other name for Line MRT-3

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line
16
39. Refers to sightseeing tours with other individual on a first-come-first-

accommodated basis, on schedule departures.
a. Seat-in-coach
b. Private Tours
c. Escorted Tours
d. Sightseeing Tours
40. Refers to a retail business that sells travel products and services to
customers on behalf of suppliers
a. Travel Agency
b. Retail Agency
c. Product Agency
d. Suppliers Agency
41. The name of the card that provides health and accident security overseas
in a manner that the host country handles all the necessary requirements a
traveler may have.
a. Tour Card
b. Multipurpose Card
c. Assist Card
d. Departure Card
42. The meaning of AITA

a. International Air Transportation Association
b. Interrelated Air Transportation Association
c. Interrupted Air Transportation Association
d. Intermission Air Transportation Association
43. The meaning of ADM

a. Agency Debris Memo
b. Agency Debit Memo
c. Agency Detour Memo
d. Agency Dire Memo
44. Characterized as a Retailer because it normally transacts business and
sells directly only to the traveler.
a. TMC/ Travel Agency
b. TTMC/ Travel Agency
c. AITA/ Travel Agency
d. BSP/Travel Agency
17
45. What is the meaning of GDS?

a. Global Distribution System
b. Gather Data System
c. General Display System
d. Gate Delivery System
46. A publication of the Reed Travel group which offers a comprehensive

listing of hotels worldwide
a. Resort and Travel Index
b. Hotel and Travel Index
c. Reed Travel Index
d. Comprehensive Hotels and Reed Travel Index
47. It brings its unique style to the sea with its ships named Disney Magic and
Disney Wonder
a. Super Disney Ferry
b. Land Cruise
c. Disney Cruise Line
d. Princess Cruise
48. It refers to a special travel arrangement for pilgrims, students, and any
other form of travel that does not fall under the previous category.
a. Ad Hoc
b. Ad Coalium
c. Ad Initio
d. Prima Facie
49. The other name for Line MRT-2

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line
50. The feature of a flight class with individual air-conditioned cabins.
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
18
PERSONAL ENTREPRENEURIAL COMPETENCIES
Content Standards Performance Standards
The learner independently creates a

The learner demonstrates
plan of action that strengthens
understanding of one‘s PECs in
and/or further develops his/her
Travel Services.
PECs in Travel Services.
Time Allotment: 4 hours
Module 1
Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies
Introduction
In this module you will learn more about entrepreneurship and the
entrepreneurial competencies related to Travel Services. You will have a first-
hand experience in educational activities leading to personal assessment of
your entrepreneurial competencies and assessment of entrepreneurial
competencies of a successful Travel Agent respectively within your province.
You will also have some activities to align your competencies with the
competencies of successful practitioners. Moreover, this module is designed
to stimulate your mind to think about entrepreneurship, its role in the business
community in particular and to the economic and social development in
general.
Now, to start with this module, let us discuss/explain the terms

entrepreneurs and entrepreneurship.
Entrepreneurs are people with skills and capabilities to see and

evaluate business opportunities. They are individuals that can strategically
identify products or services needed by the community and deliver these at
the right time and the right place.
19
Entrepreneurs are agents of economic change; they organize, manage

and assume risks of a business. Some of the good qualities of an
entrepreneur are opportunity seeker, risk taker, goal setter, excellent planner,
a confident problem solver, as well as hardworking, persistent and committed
describes the worker.
Entrepreneurship is a science that deals with evaluating a simple

business activity. It is a strategic process of innovation and new venture
creation. Basically, entrepreneurship is both an art and science of converting
business ideas into marketable products or services to improve the quality of
living.
Now that you have a little background knowledge about entrepreneur

and entrepreneurship, you can now walk through in assessing your Personal
Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs). Always remember that ―Successful
entrepreneurs continuously develop and improve their PECs.”
To begin with, let us first try to find out the competencies you will
master after finishing this module.
OBJECTIVES
At the end of this module, you are expected to:
 identify areas for improvement, development and growth;

 align your PECs according to your business/career choice; and
 create a plan of action that ensures success in your business/career
choice.
Now, try to take the first challenge in this module -- the pre-
assessment.
PRE-ASSESSMENT
As part of your initial activity, you will be challenged to dig deeper into
your knowledge and previous experiences on the topic. Try to
diagnose/assess what you already know about personal entrepreneurial
competencies by answering Task 1.
20
Task 1: Matching Type
Direction: Match the entrepreneurial competencies in column A with their

meaning in column B. Choose the letter that describes the statement, write
your answer in your quiz notebook.
Column A Column B
____1. Creative a. make a wise decision towards the set objectives
____2. Profit Oriented b. strategic thinking and setting of goals
____3. Discipline c. trust in one‘s ability
____4. Decision Making d. adaptable to change
____5. People Skill e. innovative, to have edge over the other
competitors
____6. Planner f. solid dedication
____7. Self-confidence g. skillful in record keeping
____8. Hardworking h. always stick to the plan
____9. Ability to accept change i. working diligently
____10. Committed j effective and efficient communication
and relation to people
k. always looking for income
Task 2: Guide Questions
Direction: The following are guide questions which encapsulate the entire
module. Write your answers on your assignment notebook, then share these
to class.
A. Explain why entrepreneurial activities are important to social

development and progress of the economy.
B. What entrepreneurial activities do you know and are capable of doing
which are related to Travel Services?
C. Given the opportunity to own a business that is related with Travel
Services, are you confident to manage it? Explain your answer.
D. What do you think are the most important competencies you must
possess in order to be successful in running your chosen business?
E. Name successful entrepreneurs from your province whose business is
related to Travel Services. Be able to share to the class their PECs
that made them successful.
21
After all the guide questions have been answered to the best of
your knowledge and skills, share these with your classmates. You too,
may compare your insights, personal knowledge of, and relevant
experiences on the topic to make it more exciting and engaging.
LEARNING GOALS AND TARGET
After reading and understanding the objectives of this module and

having gone through pre-assessment and answering the guide questions, you
will be asked to set your own personal goals. These goals will trigger you to
further achieve the ultimate objective of this module. In the end, these goals
will motivate you to learn more about PECs.
Goals and Learning Ultimate

Targets Activities Goal
Figure 1: Strategic process to achieve the objectives of this module
READING RESOURCES AND INSTRUCTIONAL ACTIVITIES
After setting your own personal goals and targets to achieve the
objectives of this module, check first your inherent knowledge of PECs. Try
to answer the following guide questions with the assistance of your
classmates.
Task 3: Group Activity
Direction: Answer the following guide questions on a separate sheet of

paper. Share your answers in class.
1. Explain the importance of assessing one‘s PECs before engaging in a

particular entrepreneurial activity.
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
22
2. Are there other strategies or approaches where you can assess your
PECs? Explain how these can become more useful in selecting a
viable business venture.
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
3. What are the desirable personal characteristics, attributes, lifestyles,

skills and traits of a prospective entrepreneur? Why do you think these
are important?
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
4. Why is there a need to assess one‘s PECs in terms of characteristics,

attributes, lifestyles, skills and traits before starting a particular
business?
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________
5. What is the significance of evaluating the PECs of a successful

entrepreneur? What helpful insights can you draw from this activity?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
How was your experience in answering the guide questions with your
classmates? Were you able to benefit from them? What were the insights you
have realized?
Now, this time you‘re going to study the different topics that will enrich
your knowledge of PECs. Read carefully all the important details about the
succeeding topic.
23
Know
Assessment of Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs) and

skills vis-à-vis a practicing entrepreneur/employee in a province.
Entrepreneurial competencies refer to the important characteristics

that should be possessed by an individual in order to perform entrepreneurial
functions effectively. In this module, you will learn some of the most important
characteristics, attributes, lifestyle, skills and traits of a successful
entrepreneur in order to be successful in a chosen career.
Below are a few important characteristics/traits/attributes of a

good entrepreneur:
 Hardworking: One of the important characteristics of a good

entrepreneur is hardworking. This means habitually working
diligently for long period of hours. A hardworking person keeps on
improving his/her performance to produce good products and/or
provide good services.
 Self-confident: An entrepreneur has confidence in one‘s ability

and own judgment. He/She exhibits self-confidence in order to
cope with all the risks of operating his/her own business.
 Discipline: Successful entrepreneurs always stick to the plan and

fight the temptation to do what is unimportant.
 Committed: A good entrepreneur accepts full responsibility for

everything in his/her business. He/she gives full commitment and
solid dedication to make the business successful.
 Ability to accept change: Nothing is permanent but change.

Change occurs frequently. When owning a business, a person
should cope-up and thrive on changes. Capitalize on positive
changes to make your business grow.
 Creative: An entrepreneur should be creative and innovative to

stay in the business and in order to have an edge over the other
competitors.
24
 Has the Initiative: An entrepreneur takes initiative. He/She must

put yourself in a position where you personally are responsible for
the failure or success of your business.
 Profit-Oriented: He/She enter into the world of business to

generate profit or additional income. This shall become your
bread and butter, and for your family as well. Therefore, you must
see to it the business can generate income.
Listed below are the important skills of a successful

entrepreneur.
 Planner: Planning is a strategic thinking and setting of goals to

achieve objectives by carefully maximizing all the available
resources. A good entrepreneur develops and applies step-by-step
plans to realize goals. A good entrepreneur knows that planning is
an effective skill only when combined with action.
 People Skills: People skills refer to an effective and efficient

communication and relation to people working in and out of one‘s
business. In day-to-day business transactions, one needs to deal
with people. A well-developed people skill can spell out the
difference between success and failure of the business. It is a skill
which is very important in order to be successful in any kind of
business.
 Decision Making: Successful entrepreneurs have the ability to

think quickly and make a wise decision towards the pre-
determined set objectives. No one can deny that the ability to
make decision is an important skill that an entrepreneur should
possess. Sound decision should spring out from given
facts/information and should be towards the pre-determined
objectives.
Process
In order to firm up what you have learned and to have a better

appreciation of the different entrepreneurial competencies, try to read the
PECs checklist presented below, then answer the same.
25
Task 4: PECs Checklist

Directions: Using the PECs Checklist, assess yourself by indicating a check
(/) mark in either strengths and/or development areas column. Interpret the
results by counting the total number of check marks in each of the columns.
After accomplishing the checklist, form a group and share your insights and
experiences why you came up with that personal assessment.
Table 1: PECS Checklist
Personal Assessment in terms of:

Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies of Strength Development
an Entrepreneur Areas
Hardworking
Working diligently
Self-confident
Confidence in one‘s ability
Discipline
Always stick to the plan
Committed
Solid dedication
Ability to accept change
Adaptable to change
Creative
Innovative, to have edge over the other
competitors
Profit-oriented
Always looking for income
Planner
Strategic thinking and setting of goals
People Skill
Effective and efficient communication
and relation to people
Decision Making
Make a wise decision towards the set
objectives
TOTAL
26
Interpretation/Insights:
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
Reflect and Understand
How was your experience in discovering your strengths and the areas
to be developed? Did you gain valuable experience in exchanging insights
with your classmates? To learn more and deepen your understanding of
PECs, do the Task 5 below.
Task 5: Interview
Interview a successful travel agent or entrepreneur in your province
whose type of business is related with Travel Services. Focus your interview
on PECs and other business-related attributes that help them become
successful. Analyze the result of the interview and reflect on the similarities
and/or differences. Write your answer on a separate sheet of paper.
Sample Interview Guide
Name of Proprietor/Practitioner:
____________________________________________
Age: _______________________ Number of Years in Business:
__________________
Business Name: ________________________________________________
Business Address: ______________________________________________
1. What were your preparations before you engaged in this type

business/job?
2. What were your special skills/characteristics that relate with your
business/job?
3. How did you solve business-related problems during the early years of
your business operation?
4. Did you follow the tips from successful businessmen/practitioners
before you engaged in your business?
27
5. What best business practices can you share with aspiring students?
6. What are the salient characteristics, attributes, lifestyle, skills and traits
that made you successful in your business/job?
Note: Cull the needed information from the interview to supply answer/s to
Row 1 in the table below. Meanwhile, fill out the second row with your PECs.
Personal
Entrepreneurial
Competencies Characteristics Attributes Lifestyles Skills Traits
Successful
Entrepreneur
in the
province
My PECs
Using the information on the table above, analyze and reflect on the
similarities and differences in your answers. Put your reflection on the table
below. Write your conclusion on the space provided below.
Personal
Entrepreneurial Similarities Differences
Competencies
Characteristics
Attributes
Lifestyles
Skills
Traits
Conclusion:
________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
28
Transfer
After performing the activities on the importance of PECs, let‘s

determine how much you have learned. Perform the Task 6 to determine how
well you have understood the lesson.
Task 6: Preparation of a Plan of Action
Directions: Using the table below and the information generated from Task 5
(Interview), prepare an action plan that indicates how you would
align your PECs to the PECs of the successful entrepreneur/ travel
agent in your province/ locality.
Time Expected
Objective Area Activities Strategies
Frame Outcome
To align my
PECs with the Characteristics
PECs of a
successful
entrepreneur
in Travel
Services Skills
Attribute
Traits
29
Task 7: Essential Questions
Direction: Read and study the following questions below. You may use a
separate sheet of paper or your notebook to write your answers.
1. Why is there a need to compare and align your PECs with the PECs of
a successful entrepreneur?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________________.
2. How will your action plan help sustain your strong PECs and/or
address your development areas?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
______________________________________________.
3. What plan of action will you do to address your development areas?
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________.
30
ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET (EM)
Content Standards Performance Standards
The learner demonstrates The learner independently creates a

understanding of environment and business vicinity map reflective of
market in Travel Services in one‘s potential market in Travel Services
province. in a province.
Time Allotment: 4 hours
Module 2
Environment and Market
Introduction
People who aspire to start a business need to explore the economic,

cultural and social conditions prevailing in the area. Needs and wants of the
people in a certain area that are not met may be considered as business
opportunities. Identifying the needs of the community, its resources, available
raw materials, skills, and appropriate technology can help a new entrepreneur
in seizing a business opportunity.
To be successful in any kind of business venture, potential

entrepreneurs should always look closely at the environment and market.
They should always be watchful on the existing opportunities and constraints.
The opportunities in the business environment are those factors that provide
possibilities for a business to expand and make more profits. Constraints, on
the other hand are those factors that limit the ability to grow, hence, reduces
the chance of generating profit. One of the best ways to evaluate the
opportunities and constraints is to conduct Strengths, Weakness,
Opportunities and Threats (SWOT) Analysis.
SWOT analysis is a managerial tool to assess the environment. This

gathers important information, which in turn is used in strategic planning.
Strengths and Weaknesses are internal to an organization. Basically they
relate to resources owned by organization, things that you have control over
and as well as the extent of its marketing.
31
Opportunities and Threats exist in the external environment.

Opportunities relate to the market, to the development of new technologies,
and external factors such as government policies, climate, trends. Threats
relate to what the competition is doing as well as legal and other constraints.
Now that you have read some of the important considerations to look
into to be successful in any business, you are now ready to explore more
about the environment and market.
To begin with, let‘s first try to find out the competencies that you will
master after finishing this module.
OBJECTIVES
At the end of this module, you are expected to:

 identify what is of ―Value‖ to the customer;
 identify the customer to sell to;
 explain what makes a product unique and competitive;
 apply creativity and innovative techniques to develop marketable
product; and
 employ a Unique Selling Proposition (USP) to the product/service.
Now that you have an idea about the things you will learn, try to take
the first challenge in this module- the pre-assessment.
PRE-ASSESSMENT
Task I: Multiple Choice

Direction: Choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write your
answer on a separate sheet of paper.
1. This is generated by examining what goods and services are sold

outside by the community.
A. Business Creation C. Business Concept
B. Business Pricing D. Business Idea
2. A process of making a new product to be sold to the customers.
A. Product Analysis C. Product Development
B. Product Conceptualization D. Product Implementation
32
3. These are luxuries, advantages and desires that every individual

considers beyond necessary.
A. Wants C. Requirements
B. Desires D. Needs
4. This is the factor or consideration presented by a seller as the reason
that one product or service is different from and better than that of the
competition.
A. Unique Selling Plan C. Unique Pricing Policy
B. Unique Selling Proposition D. Finding Value-Added
5. In this stage the needs of the target market are identified, review and
evaluated.
A. Concept Development C. Project Development
B. Economic Analysis D. Refine Specification
6. This is the introduction of new idea to make the product and services
more attractive and saleable to the target customers.
A. New Idea C. Product Development
B. Creativity D. Innovation
7. A managerial tool used to assess the environment to gather important
information used for strategic planning.
A. Environmental Scanning C. WOTS Analysis
B. SWOT Analysis D. Survey Analysis
8. A marketing practice of creating name, symbol or designs that
identifies and differentiate a product from the other products.
A. Product Naming C. Branding
B. Unique Selling Proposition D. Tagline
9. This is a meaningful and unforgettable statement that captures the
essence of your brand.
A. Product Naming C. Branding
B. Unique Selling Proposition D. Tagline
10. These are the things that people cannot live without.
A. Wants C. Requirements
B. Desires D. Needs
33
Task 2: Guide Questions:

Direction: Read and study the guide questions below. You may use a
separate sheet of paper to write your responses to the guide questions.
1. How does one determine the product or services to be produced

and/or to be offered/delivered to the target customers?
2. How does one select an entrepreneurial activity?
3. When can one say that a certain product has ―value‖?
4. Are innovation and creativity of your product/services important?

Explain.
5. How can one effectively respond to the needs of the target customer?
6. Express the importance of scanning the environment and market in

generating business idea from the viewpoint of a business owner.
7. Using self-assessment, explain your level of confidence in formulating

a business idea:
5 – strongly confident
4 – slightly confident
3 – neither confident nor not confident
2 – not confident
1 – strongly not confident
After all the guide questions have been answered and skills have been
mastered, share those with your classmates. Discuss your insights, personal
knowledge of, and relevant experiences on the topic to make it more exciting
and engaging.
LEARNING GOALS AND TARGET
After reading and understanding the objectives of this module and

having gone through pre-assessment and answering the guide questions, you
will be asked to set your own personal goals. These goals will trigger you to
further achieve the ultimate objective of this module. In the end, these goals
will motivate you to learn more about Environment and Market.
34
Goals and Learning Ultimate

Targets Activities Goal
Figure 2: Strategic process to reach the objectives of this module
READING RESOURCES AND INSTRUCTIONAL ACTIVITIES
After setting your own personal goals and targets to achieve the
objectives of this module, you will have the opportunity to read and learn
more about environment and market. You too, will also be given a chance to
do practical exercises and activities to deepen your understanding of the
topic.
Know
Product Development
When we talk of product development, we are referring to a process of

making a new product to be sold by a business or enterprise to its customers.
Product development may involve modification of an existing product or
its presentation, or formulation of an entirely new product that satisfies a
newly defined customer‘s needs and/or want and/or a market place.
The term development in this module refers collectively to the entire

process of identifying a market opportunity, creating a product to appeal to
the identified market, and finally, testing, modifying and refining the product
until this will be ready for production. This product can be any item to be sold
to the consumers.
There are basic, yet vital questions that you can ask yourself about.
When you find acceptable answers to these questions, you may now say that
you are ready to develop a product/service.
1. For whom are the product/services aimed at?

2. What benefit will the customers expect from it?
3. How will the product differ from the existing brand? Or from their
competitor?
35
Likewise, needs and wants of the people within the area should also
be taken into big consideration. Everyone has his or her own needs and
wants. However, people have different concepts of needs and wants. Needs
in business are important things that every individual cannot do without in a
society.
These include:
1. Basic commodities for consumption
2. Clothing and other personal belongings,
3. Shelter, sanitation and health
4. Education
Basic needs are essential to every individual so he/she may be able to

live with dignity and pride in the community of people. These needs can
obviously help him/her generate business ideas and subsequently to product
development.
Wants are desires, luxury and extravagance that signify wealth and an
expensive way of living. Wants or desires are considered above all the basic
necessities of life. Some examples are the eagerness or the passion of every
individual which are non- basic needs like; fashion accessories, shoes,
clothes, travelling around the world, eating in an exclusive restaurant;
watching movies, concerts, plays, having luxurious cars, wearing expensive
jewelry, perfume, living in impressive homes, and others.
Needs and wants of people are the basic indicators of the kind of
business that one may engage into because it can serve as the measure of
one‘s success. Some other good points that one might consider in business
undertakings are the kind of people, their needs, wants, lifestyle, culture and
tradition, and social orientation that they belong.
To summarize, product development entirely depends on the needs

and wants of the customers. Another important issue to deal with are the
concept of developing a product. One can be enlightened by the succeeding
topic about the procedure in coming up with a product.
36
Concepts of Developing a Product
Concept development is very critical phase in the development of a

product. From this stage, the needs of the target market are identified and
competitive products are reviewed before the product specifications are
defined. The product concept is selected along with an economic analysis to
come up with an outline of how a product is being developed. Below is a
figure that shows the stages of concept development of a product.
Identify Establish Generate Select a Refine

Customer Target Product Product Specifica
Specifica tions
Needs Concepts Concept
tions
Plan
Remaining
Analyze Developme
Perform
nt
Competit Economic Project
ive Analysis
Products
Concept Development
Figure 3: Concept Development
The process of product development follows the following steps:
A. Identify Customer Needs - Using a survey form, interviews, researches,

focus group discussions, and observations, an entrepreneur can easily
identify customers‘ needs and wants. In this stage, the information that
can be possibly gathered here are product specifications (performance,
taste, size, color, shape, life span of the product, etc.). This stage is very
important because this will determine the product to be produced or
provided.
B. Establish Target Specifications - Based on customers' needs and
reviews of competitive products, you may now establish target
specifications of the prospective new product and/or services. Target
specifications are essentially a wish-list.
37
C. Analyze Competitive Products - It is imperative to analyze existing

competitive products to provide important information in establishing
product/services specifications. Other products may exhibit successful
design attributes that should be emulated or improved upon in the new
product/service.
D. Generate Product Concepts - After having gone through with the
previous processes, you may now develop a number of product concepts
to illustrate what types of product/service are both technically feasible
and will best meet the requirements of the target specifications.
E. Select a Product Concept - Through the process of evaluation between
attributes, a final concept is selected. After the final selection, additional
market research can be applied to obtain feedback from certain key
customers.
F. Refine Product Specifications - In this stage, product/service
specifications are refined on the basis of input from the foregoing
activities. Final specifications are the result of extensive study, expected
service life, projected selling price and among others are being
considered in this stage.
G. Perform Economic Analysis - Throughout the process of product
development, it is very important to always review and estimate the
economic implications regarding development expenses, manufacturing
costs, and selling price of the product/services to be offered/provided.
H. Plan the Remaining Development Project - In this final stage of
concept development, you may prepare a detailed development plan
which includes a list of activities, the necessary resources and expenses,
and a development schedule with milestones for tracking progress.
Finding Value
People buy for a reason. There should be something in your

product/services that will give consumers a good reason to go back and buy
for more. There must be something that has to make you the best option for
your target customers; otherwise, they have no reason to buy what you are
selling. This implies further, that you offer something to your customers that
will make them value or treasure your product/services.
The value that you incorporate to your product is called value

proposition. Value proposition is ―a believable collection of the most
persuasive reasons people should notice you and take the action you‘re
asking for.‖ Value is created by fulfilling deep desires and solving deep
problems. This is what gets the people moving, what gets spending for your
product/service.
38
Innovation
Innovation is the introduction of something new in your
product/services. This may be a new idea, a new method or a device. If you
want to increase your sales and profit, you must innovate. Some of the
possible innovations in your products are change of packaging, improve taste,
color, size, shape, and perhaps, price. Some of the possible innovations in
providing services are application of new improved methods, additional
featured services and possibly freebees.
Unique Selling Proposition (USP)
Unique Selling Proposition is the factor or consideration presented by a

seller as the reason that one product or service is different from and better
than that of the competition. Before you can begin to sell your product or
service to your target customers, you have to sell yourself to it. This is
especially important when your product or service is similar to those around
you.
USP will require careful analysis of other businesses' ads and
marketing messages. If you analyze what they say or what they sell, not just
their product or service characteristics, you can learn a great deal about how
companies distinguish themselves from competitors.
Here is how to discover your USP and use it to increase your sales and
profit:
 Use empathy: Put yourself in the shoes of your customers. Always

focus on the needs of the target customers and forget falling in love with
your own product or services. Always remember, you are making this
product or providing for the target customers to eventually increase sales
and earn profit, and not make this product or services for yourself. Essential
questions such as what could make them come back again and again and
ignore competition? Most possible answers will be focused on the quality,
availability, convenience, cleanliness, reliability, and friendliness.
 Identify what motivates your customers. It is very important for you to

understand and find out what drives and motivates your customers to buy
your product/service. Make effort to find out, analyze and utilize the
information that motivates the customers in their decisions to purchase the
product/services.
39
 Discover the actual and genuine reasons why customers buy your
product instead of a competitor's. Information is very important in
decision making. A competitive entrepreneur always improve his/her
products/services to provide satisfaction and of course retention of
customers. As your business grows, you should always consider the
process of asking your customers important questions and look for
information and question that you can use to improve your product/services.
Process
In order to firm up your understanding about the topic previously

presented, you will be tasked to form a group and conduct an interview with a
successful entrepreneur/practitioner. You have to document this interview and
present this to the whole class for reflection and appreciation.
Task 3: Interview
Direction: Select a successful entrepreneur/practitioner. Conduct an
interview by utilizing the sets of questions below. Document the interview and
present this to the class.
1. How did you identify your customers?
2. What were your considerations in selecting your customers?
3. Explain how your product/services became unique from other product/s.
4. Did you consult somebody before you engage in this business? Cite
sample insights that you gained from the consultation.
5. What were your preparations before you started the actual business?
6. What creative and innovative techniques did you adopt to your

product/services? What was the effect of the innovative techniques to
the sales and profits of your business?
7. What strategy did you consider to have a unique selling proposition for
your product/service?
40
Task 4: Video Viewing

In order to deepen your understanding of the lesson, perform the
following tasks:
1. Browse the internet on topics related to:
a. Customers‘ needs and wants;
b. Techniques in identifying customers‘ needs and wants;
c. Creativity/innovations in products and services;
d. Unique selling proposition; and
e. Product development.
2. Prepare a short narrative report about the aforementioned topics. You
may highlight the ―aspect‖ that intensifies your knowledge of product
development.
Transfer
Task 5: Product Conceptualization

Direction: Using the figures below, develop your own concept for your
product/services.
1. Identify
Customers Need
7. Prepare a 2. Target
-
Development Specifications
-
Plan -
- -
-
6. Refine 3. Analyze a
Product Competitive
Specification Product
- -
- -
5. Select A 4. Generate
product Concept Product Concept
- -
- -
41
Know
Generating Ideas for Business

The process of developing/generating business idea is not a simple
process. Some people just come to a bunch of business ideas, but some
really are without ideas. There are two problems that arise: first is the
excessive generation of ideas which will take forever and will remain in the
dreaming stage, and second is when they do not have ideas and want to
become entrepreneurs.
The most optimal way is to have a systematic approach in generating

and selecting business idea that will be transferred in real business. Here are
some basic yet very important considerations you may use to generate
possible ideas for business:
1. Examine the existing goods and services. Are you satisfied with the
product? What do other people who use the product say about it? How
can it be improved? There are many ways of improving a product from the
way it is made to the way it is packed and sold? You can also improve the
materials used in crafting the product. In addition, you introduce new
ways of using the product, making it more useful and adaptable to the
customers‘ many needs. When you are improving the product or
enhancing it, you are doing an innovation. You can also do an invention
by introducing an entirely new product to replace the old one.
Business ideas may also be generated by examining what goods

and services are sold outside by the community. Very often, these
products are sold in a form that can still be enhanced or improved.
2. Examine the present and future needs. Look and listen to what the
customers, institutions, and communities are missing in terms of goods
and services. Sometimes, these needs are already obvious and felt at the
moment. Other needs are not that obvious because they can only be felt
in the future, or in the event of certain developments in the community.
For example, a province will have its electrification facility in the next six
months. Only by that time will the entrepreneur think of electrically-
powered or generated business such as photo copier, computer service,
digital printing, etc.
42
3. Examine how the needs are being satisfied. Needs for the products
and services are referred to as market demand. To satisfy these needs is
to supply the products and services that meet the demands of the market.
The term market refers to whoever will use or buy the products or service,
and these may be people or institutions such as other businesses,
establishments, organizations, or government agencies.
There is a very good business opportunity when there is absolutely

no supply to a pressing market demand.
Businesses or industries in the locality also have needs for goods

and services. Their needs for raw materials, maintenance, and other
services such as selling and distribution are good sources of ideas for
business.
4. Examine the available resources around you. Observe what materials

or skills are available in abundance in your area. A business can be
started out of available raw materials by selling them in raw form and by
processing and manufacturing them into finished products. For example,
in a copra-producing town, there will be many coconut husks and shells
available as ―waste‖ products. These can be collected and made into
coco rags/doormat and charcoal bricks, and sold profitably outside the
community.
A group of people in your neighborhood may have some special

skills that can be harnessed for business. For example, women in the
Mountain Province possess loom weaving skills that have been passed on
from one generation to the next generation. Some communities there set
up weaving businesses to produce blankets, as well as decorative items
and various souvenir items for sale to tourists and lowland communities.
Business ideas can come from your own skills. The work and
experience you may have in agricultural arts, industrial arts, home
economics, and Information and Communication Technology (ICT)
classes will provide you with business opportunities to acquire the needed
skills which will earn for you extra income, should you decide to engage in
income-generating activities. With your skills, you may also tinker around
with various things in your spare time. Many products were invented this
way.
43
5. Read magazines, news articles, and other publications on new

products and techniques or advances in technology. You can pick up
new business ideas from Newsweek, Reader‘s Digest, Business
Magazines, ―Go Negosyo‖, Small-Industry Journal. The internet serves as
a library where you may browse and surf on possible businesses. It will
also guide you on how to put the right product in the right place, at the
right price, at the right time.
Listing of possible businesses to set up in an area may also be

available from banks or local non-government organizations.
Key Concepts of Selecting a Business Idea
Once you have embarked on identifying the business opportunities,

you will eventually see that there are many possibilities that are available for
you. It is very unlikely that you will have enough resources to pursue all of
them at once. Which one will you choose?
You have to select the most promising one from among the hundreds
of ideas. It will be good to do this in stages. In the first stage, you screen
your ideas to narrow them down to about five choices. In the next stage, trim
down the five choices to two options. In the final stage, choose between the
two and decide which business idea is worth pursuing.
In screening your ideas, examine each one in terms of the following

factors:
1. How much capital is needed to put up the business?
2. How big is the demand for the product? Do many people need this
product and will continue to need it for a long time?
3. How is the demand met? Who are processing the products to meet
the need (competition or demand)? How much of the need is now
being met (supply)?
4. Do you have the background and experience needed to run this
particular business?
5. Will the business be legal, not going against any existing or
foreseeable government regulation?
6. Is the business in line with your interest and expertise?
Your answers to these questions will be helpful in screening which

ones from among your many ideas are worth examining further and worth
pursuing.
44
Branding
Branding is a marketing practice of creating names, symbols or

designs that identifies and differentiates products/services from other
products/services. It is also a promise to your customers. It tells them what
they can expect from your product/ services and it differentiates your offerings
from other competitors. Your brand is derived from who you are, who you
want to be and who people perceive you to be.
Branding is one of the most important aspects of any business. An

effective brand strategy gives you a major edge in increasingly competitive
markets.
The features of a good product brand are as follows:

- Delivers the message clearly
- Confirms your credibility
- Connects your target prospects emotionally
- Motivates the buyer
- Concretizes user loyalty
Here are some simple tips to publicize your brand.

.
 Develop a tagline. Write a meaningful unforgettable, and easy to
remember statement that captures the essence of your brand.
 Get a great logo. Create a logo suitable to your business and
consistent with your tagline and place it everywhere.
 Write down your brand messaging. Select key messages you
want to communicate about your brand.
 Be true to your brand. Deliver your brand promise.
 Be consistent. Be reliable and consistent every time.
Process
In generating business idea, you should first identify what type of

business is suited to your idea. You should analyze and scan the potential
environment, study the marketing practices and strategies of your
competitors, analyze the Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportunities, and
Threats in your environment to ensure that the products/services you are
planning to offer will be patronized within easy reach by your target
markets/consumers.
45
Bear in mind these simple rules for successful SWOT analysis.

 Be realistic about the strengths and weaknesses of your business
when conducting SWOT analysis.
 SWOT analysis should distinguish between where your business is
today, and where it could be in the future.
 SWOT should always be specific. Avoid any grey areas.
 Always apply SWOT in relation to your competition i.e. better than or
worse than your competition.
 Keep your SWOT short and simple. Avoid complexity and over
analysis
 SWOT is subjective.
Task 6: SWOT Analysis
Direction: In generating a business idea, environmental scanning is very

important. Utilize the SWOT analysis table below to list up all your
observations. Consider the strategies below to select the best business idea.
Strength (S) Weaknesses (W)
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
Opportunities (O) Threats (T)
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
46
Strategize:
 SW – Utilize the strengths to overcome the weakness
 OS - Capitalize on the opportunities to eliminate the weakness
 ST – Maximize on your strengths to eliminate the external threats
 OT – Take advantage of the available opportunities to eliminate the
external threats.
Strategies/Activities:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Analysis:
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
My Best Business Idea:

__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
In order to deepen your understanding of the topics previously

discussed, you will be asked to perform the following activities:
Task 7: Extra Readings and Video Viewing

Reading books and watching videos have been considered as one of
the most effective educational activities that help learners deepen their
understanding of certain topics. In this particular circumstance, you will be
asked to conduct extra readings and video viewings on the following topics.
A. Steps in selecting business idea
B. Criteria of a viable business idea
C. Benefits of a good brand
D. Ways on developing a brand
After successfully performing the assigned task, make a narrative

report about this and share it to the class.
47
Transfer
Task 8: Designing a Logo

Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook draw a logo that
you will use in your business. Provide a simple statement to describe your
logo.
Logo
Tagline
Task 9: Making My Own Vicinity Map

Directions: In a separate sheet of paper or in your notebook draw a vicinity
map reflective of potential market in Travel Services in your province. Provide
a simple statement to describe your map.
Vicinity Map
48
QUARTER I
Overview
In this quarter, you will learn how tourism industry in the Philippines
was developed and managed through the collaborative efforts of the
government and private sectors in order to provide sustainable sources of
living for the people and build good tourism reputation for the country.
Tourism can be perceived to be boundless. We cannot just describe

tourism as a sort of leisure, services or business entity; in fact, it is a dynamic
trend that is continuously expanding. In 1993, the World Tourism
Organization defined tourism as ―the activities of persons travelling to and
staying in places outside their usual environment for not more than one
consecutive year for leisure, business and other purposes.‖ All sectors
associated to this incidence comprises the tourism industry. The government,
non-government and private institutions have vital role in managing,
developing, promoting and protecting tourism in the country.
Upon every travelers endeavor in exploring different parts of the world,

there are travel agencies and travel management companies that can assist
them in realizing their travel plans. The course of study will explain in details
about the vital functions and organizational structure of TMC/travel agency as
intermediary between commercial establishments and clients. And most
importantly, you will also learn the steps to be undertaken upon establishing
and managing your own travel management business.
General Objectives
At the end of this quarter, learners are expected to:
1. understand the vital function of the Philippine Tourism Offices,

2. describe the role of the private sector in the Philippine Tourism
Industry;
3. describe the travel management companies and travel agencies;
4. state the functions of travel management companies (TMC) and
travel agencies;
5. explain the organizational structure of TMC/travel agency; and
6. plan to put up a travel agency
49
The Hidden Paradise: Northern Mindanao

Northern Mindanao is the perfect destination for travels looking for
tranquility and closeness to nature. It is indeed the Philippines‘ hidden
paradise in the South in terms of biodiversity and rich cultural heritage of
Muslims and Christians combined.
Bukidnon is the home of huge pineapple plantations and cattle
industry in the province. Many travels are hooked in the beauty of its high
lands especially the Dulang-Dulang which is second to the highest peak in
the country.
Camiguin is known as the ―Volcanic Island of the Philippines‖ where
the famous Hibok-Hibuk Mountain is located.
Iligan City or the ―City of Majestic Waterfalls‖ is a good provider of
hydroelectric power in the province and the dweller of the ever famous
Maria Cristina Falls.
Lanao del Norte supports the promotion of agriculture and
economic tourism development program that uplifts the province‘s
credibility as ―Land of Beauty and Bounty.‖
Misamis Oriental is popular for its Dalit Festival during every feast
day of St. Michael, the Archangel. Every Christmas, the City of Tangub
lights up with various Christmas symbols made of native materials that are
scattered in streets and become attraction for visitors.
Misamis Occidental can be the best beach destination in the world
where tourists can enjoy watching dolphins and whale sharks at Duka Bay
and Mantangale.
Nothing really beats the wonderful charm of nature at its finest!
50
Let’s See What You Know
Pre – Test 1
A. MULTPLE CHOICE
Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter that best
describes the statement in your answer sheet.
1. Which of the following is an airline company?

a. Philtranco
b. Star Cruises
c. Sky Pasada
d. Avis
2. Republic Act No. 9593 refers to what code/law?
a. Local Government Code of 1991
b. Tourism Act of 2009
c. Oil Deregulation law
d. Aviation Act of 2013
3. Which of the following lodging establishments can best accommodate
companies that need facilities suitable for holding business conferences?
a. All-Suite hotel
b. Corporate hotel
c. Motel
d. Apartel
4. The government agency that has the power to implement policies on air
travel safety.
a. Philippine Ports Authority
b. Department of Foreign Affairs
c. Bureau of Immigration
d. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
5. Which of the following companies offers travel services by sea?
a. Sulpicio Lines
b. Victory Liner
c. Cebu Pacific
d. None of the above
51
6. What is the only government controlled tourism agency that has a board of
trustees institutionally drawn from both private and public sectors?
a. Philippine Tourism Authority
b. Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation
c. Department of Interior and Local Government
d. Department of Tourism
7. What government tourism agency is entitled for the collection of travel
taxes on individuals?
a. Department of Budget and Management
b. Bureau of Internal Revenue
c. Philippine Tourism Authority
d. Department of Finance
8. This establishment is suitable for motor travelers looking for inexpensive
lodging services for their own convenience?
a. Motel
b. Condotel
c. Corporate Hotel
d. Resort Hotel
9. What private tourism sector does the cruise ship belong?
a. Food and beverage
b. Transportation
c. Oil Company
d. Educational institution
10. This government agency is mandated to monitor the entry and exit of
foreign nationals in the country.
a. Department of Transportation and Communication
b. Department of Public Works and Highways
c. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
d. Bureau of Immigration
B. ANALOGY
Direction: Choose the letter that can best satisfy the missing
argument. Write the answer in your quiz notebook.
___________ 1. Rate-minus : commission as cost-plus : _______

a. professional fee
b. service fee
c. rental fee
d. markup fee
52
___________ 2. PCVC : convention venue as _______ : travel taxes

a. Local Government Units
b. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
___________ 3. ______ : Agent as Travel Management Company : Partner

a. Commercial establishments
b. Client
c. Lodging industry
d. Travel agency
___________ 4. Supplier : _______ as Vendee : Client

a. Government agencies
b. Commercial establishments
c. Traveler
d. Travel agency
___________ 5. Personnel : Human Resource as Finance : _______

a. Ticketing
b. Record keeping
c. Cash disbursement
d. Public awareness
___________ 6. Government : Policy making as Private sector : _______

a. Accrediting/licensing
b. Policy implementing
c. Peace and Order
d. Marketing
___________ 7. Sole Proprietorship : DTI as Corporation : _______

a. Local Government Unit(LGU)
b. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
c. Office of the City Mayor
d. Department of Tourism (DOT)
___________ 8. Travel Operations : Office-based as _______ : Field

a. Tour Operations
b. Documentation
c. Personnel
d. Accounting
53
___________ 9. Amusement Park : Attraction as _______ : Lodging

a. Cafeteria
b. Theater
c. Bus Line
d. Motel
___________ 10. Lodging : Transportation as Marketing : ______

a. Sightseeing
b. Traveller
c. Tourism
d. Operations
C. CLASSIFICATION
Direction: From the list provided below, recognize the roles of the
government and private sector in Philippine Tourism. Write them on
the appropriate column in your paper.
Government Sector Private Sector
List of Roles:
1. Undertake researches
2. Motivates the public to participate in tourism
3. Deals with public relations
4. Serves as gateway to the success of tourism
5. Provide physiological needs to tourists
6. Formulate tourism standards
7. Promotes the country‘s tourism industry
8. Perform administrative services and support
9. Facilitate the mobility of goods and services
10. Provide comfort to tourists
54
LESSON 1 THE PHILIPPINE TOURISM INDUSTRY

(PT)
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Understand the Vital Function of
Outcome
the Philippine Tourism Offices
Objectives
At the end of this lesson, you are expected to:
1. explain the role of National Tourism Office, its attached

agencies, and Local Government Unit in the tourism
industry;
2. define the role of the various sub-sectors that comprises
the tourism industry; and
3. recognize the vital functions of each government agency
in managing and developing the Philippine tourism.
The main responsibility of the government is to provide general

policies and regulations which will be complied by tourism sectors and sub-
sectors. Implementing guidelines set by the government may pertain to
regulations of tourism establishments and investment, operations of the
tourism facilities, development of travel destinations, training and
development for tourism personnel, channel of communication among tourism
agencies and private sectors, provisions for researches, statistics, and
publication, marketing and promotions of tourism activities and others.
Government Agencies Involved in Managing

the Tourism Industry
1. Department of Tourism (DOT)
By virtue of Presidential Decree No. 189, the

Department of Tourism was institutionalized in 1973. It
was reorganized through Executive Order No. 120 in
accordance with Article II, Section 1 (a) and Article III of
the 1986 Constitution. DOT is the prime tourism agency
mandated to plan and set the fundamental policies involving the tourism
sector, coordinate the policy to other tourism agencies and become an
administrative entity for the executive branch of government.
55
The DOT has the power to effect the following functions::

a.) hold meetings and conferences pertaining to tourism
b.) amend travel regulations and guidelines
c.) review all government projects concerning tourism
d.) issue licenses to tourism personnel such as tour guides, travel
agents, and travel operators
e.) regulate, supervise, and license all tourism sub-sectors such as
hotel, motel, restaurant, resorts, and others
Organizational Structure of DOT
The agency is headed by its Secretary of Tourism with a cabinet

rank. The cabinet secretary is assisted by the four undersecretaries and an
assistant secretary in overseeing the stability of the tourism industry in the
country. Each of them has definite functions and responsibilities.
Secretary of Tourism
Undersecretary for Undersecretary Undersecretary

Planning, Product for Tourism for Tourism
Development and Promotion Services and
Coordination Regional Offices
Assistant secretary
for Internal Services
 Undersecretary for Planning, Product Development and

Coordination
All of the department undertaking concerning researches, surveys,
recommendations for future plans and policies, coordination and assistance
in the implementation of tourism-related projects, and formulation of tourism
statistics are within the jurisdiction of the Undersecretary for Planning,
Product Development and Coordination
 Undersecretary for Tourism Promotions

The function of the office primarily is to deal with public-relations,
marketing of tourism activities and projects, provide assistance to private
sectors, organize events promoting the country‘s finest destinations, and
56
dissemination of tourism information of the country and its products. It is

the duty of the Undersecretary for Tourism Promotions to create good
impression in the eyes of foreign visitors for the Philippines.
 Undersecretary for Tourism Services and Regional Offices

The formulation of tourism standards, approval in the construction
of tourism establishments and facilities, accreditation of travel agencies,
coordination and supervision to all Regional Offices are the major
responsibilities of this office. Through the regulations set by the DOT, the
Regional Offices will then act for its implementation in coordination with
the other Regional Offices, government offices and Local Government
Units (LGU)
 Assistant Secretary for Internal Services

The office of the Assistance Secretary for Internal Services
performs the administrative services and support (personnel information,
communications, record keeping, etc.), financial and management
services (budgetary and accounting concerns), and legal services and
litigations in assistance to the staff and other related matters that may be
assigned by the Secretary of Tourism.
2. Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation (PCVC)
The Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation is a non-profit

corporation that aims to promote the Philippines as one of the prime tourist,
convention, and incentive travel destination in the world. It is the country‘s
tourism arm in the domestic and international market. In order to attain this
goal, PCVC adopts an Integrated Tourist Marketing Plan that guides that
industry in strengthening promotional campaigns through marketing
research, skills development of marketing representatives, build mutual
linkages among private sectors to effectively implement the marketing
activities, and reaching the tourism products to local and foreign consumers
through participating in travel trade expositions and media advertisements.
The agency was formerly named as Philippine Convention Bureau
which was created in 1976 through the Presidential Decree No. 867. In effect
to the reorganization of the Department of Tourism in 1987, it was then
renamed as Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation by virtue of
Executive Order No. 120-A.
57
Organizational Structure of PCVC

The Secretary of Tourism is the Executive Director of PCVC. Together
with the chairperson are the nine (9) Board of Trustees who are drawn from
both government and private sector that holds relevant organizations
involvement in the marketing and development of the travel industry in the
Philippines.
Travel Trade
Conventions Advertising
and Incentive and
Travel Publications
PCVC
Corporate Foreign
Affair Offices
The organization is structured into five distinct units that functions in

accordance with the PCVC Integrated Tourist Marketing Plan, namely:
 The Office of the Travel Trade
 The Office of Conventions and Incentive Travel
 The Office of Corporate Affair
 The Office of the Foreign Offices
 The Advertising and Publications Department
3. Philippine Tourism Authority (PTA)
Pursuant to Presidential Decree No. 189 and amended by Presidential

Decree No. 564 in 1973, the Philippine Tourism Authority is a government-
owned corporation that acts as the policy implementing body of the
Department of Tourism to better realize the tourism standards, collect taxes
as may be imposed by the law, and provide and maintain tourism facilities
and infrastructures.
58
Vision
The PTA is envisioned to be a self-government corporation,
contributing to the national development objectives, serves as the epitome of
public service as it pioneers sustainable, environmentally responsible,
socially responsive and culturally catalytic tourism development.
Mission
The PTA is committed to effectively and efficiently implement
sustainable tourism development undertakings as guided by the following
national development thrusts: cultural awakening, countryside development,
environmental conservation, foreign exchange generation, employment
creation, and poverty alleviation.
Functions
The functions of the PTA are:
1. To develop identified priority areas: Areas with vast tourism
potentials that are programmed for priority development as identified by DOT
under its Tourism Master Plan (TMP).
2. To operate, maintain, and promote facilities in pioneering capacity:
Solely owned or thru joint ventures, the PTA properties include resorts,
hotels, golf courses and other tourism facilities in the various areas of the
country.
3. To provide technical and financial assistance to qualified tourism
projects: Guidelines have been designed for project proposals to be
evaluated and recommended by the Corporate Planning Department for
priority development by granting technical and/or financial assistance.
4. To generate revenues to fund national and corporate development
undertakings: Travel tax collection is PTA‘s main source of income. Travel
tax is a levy imposed by the government on individuals (citizens of the
Philippines, and permanent resident aliens who have stayed in the country
for more than a year) who are leaving the country irrespective of the place
where the air ticket is issued and the form and place of payment, as provided
for by Presidential Decree No. 1183 as amended by Presidential Decree No.
1205, Batas Pambansa Blg. 38, and Executive Order No. 283 on travel tax.
59
4. The Local Government Units
Republic Act No. 9593, also known as The Tourism Act of 2009,
clearly stated the shared responsibilities of the National and Local
Government to the Department of Tourism in implementing policies and
programs of the tourism sector.
― Section 118 – Coordination between National and Local Government

(a) The Department (pertaining to DOT) and the Department of
Interior and Local Government (DILG) shall integrate all local tourism
development plans by LGU in the formulation and annual updating of the
national tourism development plan.
(b) The Department shall provide assistance, training and other
capacity-building measures to the LGUs in the formulation, implementation
and monitoring of national tourism development plans, gathering of statistical
data and enforcement of tourism laws and regulations…
Section 119 – National Tourism Development Planning

The Department in coordination with its attached agencies, LGUs and
the private sector shall continuously update the national tourism
development plan taking into consideration the evolving needs and
capabilities of LGUs, approved local tourism development plans as well as
domestic and global tourism market trends.
Section 120 – Local Tourism Development Planning

(a) Pursuant to Republic Act No. 7160, otherwise known as the Local
Government Code of 1991, LGUs shall prepare, adopt, implement and
monitor their local tourism development plans, enforce standards for tourism
enterprises and collect statistical data for tourism purposes.‖
4. Other National Government Units
One important key indicator in the success of tourism is the

consistency of policies being implemented by the government at any
destination in the economic territory. Tourism takes place almost everywhere
at any point in time. As people travel more often, the more tourism sectors
are benefitted. In order to address the needs of tourists upon their visit in the
Philippines, there are national government agencies that are always ready to
provide assistance, comfort and security during their stay.
60
 Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) – all corporations and

partnership business entities are being registered, licensed, and
regulated by the agency.
 Board of Investments (BOI) – promotion of investment in the
Philippines is the task of this agency which is attached to the
Department of Trade and Industry
 Philippine Economic Zone Authority (PEZA) – it ensures that
foreign investors who wish to establish a business in the Philippines
will find a suitable strategic location.
 Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas (BSP) – preserves monetary stability
and convertibility of the Peso which is an important factor in the entry
of foreign visitors to the country.
 Department of Transportation and Communication (DOTC) –
responsible for the regulation and supervision of the Philippine
transportation and communication system.
 Civil Aeronautics Board (CAB) – the government agency that
controls and supervises economic aspects of air transportation which
may include air carriers, monitor cargo sales agents, properties and
facilities.
 Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines (CAAP) – implements
policies on aviation or air travel system in order to assure the safety of
travelers.
 Maritime Industry Authority (MARINA) – the counterpart of CAAP in
the maritime industry, the government agency that creates policy for
all means of transportation with regards to bodies of water.
 Philippine Ports Authority (PPA) – manages the operations and
financing of all public ports in the country.
 Land Transportation Franchising and Regulatory Board (LTFRB)
– issues, suspends and cancels certificates of convenience to all
public and transportation services.
 Department of Public Works and Highways (DPWH) – facilitates
the construction and maintenance of the transportation infrastructures
which include roads and bridges.
 Department of Foreign Affairs (DFA) – coordinates and builds
harmonious relationship among countries in all parts of the world.
 Bureau of Immigration (BI) – monitors the entry and exit of foreign
nationals in the country.
61
 Department of Finance (DOF) – facilitates the collection of revenues

from the tourism industry
 Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE) – promotes
employment opportunities to Filipinos in the tourism industry.
 Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) –
oversees the preservation of the natural environment.
 Philippine National Police – enforces peace and order in all tourist
destinations.
Review of Learning Outcome 1
A. MATCHING TYPE
Directions: Match the government agency in Column B with its
appropriate functions in Column A. Write your answer on the answer sheet.
Column A Column B
Government Agency Function
______1. Philippine Tourism
A. Implements policies concerning
Authority
air travel safety
______2. Department of Labor B. Enforces peace and order on all
and Employment tourism destinations
______3. Philippine Ports Authority C. Promotes the Philippines as the
best convention venue
______4. Department of Interior D. Generates job opportunities
and Local Government through the tourism industry
______5. Securities and Exchange E. Monitors the entry and exit of
Commission foreign nationals in the country
______6. Philippine Convention and Visitors F. Imposes travel taxes on individuals
Corporation for travel services incurred.
G. Registers and license all
______7. Civil Aviation Authority of the
corporation and partnership
Philippines business in the Philippines
H. Manages the operations and
______8. Department of Tourism financing of all public sea ports
I. Implements tourism policies on
______9. Bureau of Immigration their constituents
J. Sets general policies for the
______10. Philippine National Police tourism industry
K. Oversees the preservation of the
country‘s natural environment
62
B. QUICKWRITES
Directions: Shortly explain the roles and responsibilities of the
following Department of Tourism offices.
Office of the Tourism Secretary
Undersecretary for Undersecretary for Tourism

Tourism Promotions Services and Regional Offices
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
Undersecretary for Assistant Secretary for
_
Planning, Product and Internal Services
Development and Coordination
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___________________________ ___________________________
___ _
SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING QUICKWRITES
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
63
Icon for
Learning
Learning Outcome 2 Describe the Role of the Private Sector
Outcome in the Philippine Tourism Industry
Objectives
1. define the role of various sub-sectors of the private sectors

that comprises the tourism industry;
2. identify specific entities in the private sector and explain their

specific functions in the tourism industry; and
3. show interest in understanding how the private sector

contributes to the economic growth of the tourism industry in
the Philippines.
Have you ever experienced to travel? Where was your most distant
travel experience? Filipinos are really fun of going to places, mingling with
people of different culture, tasting delicacies in the regions, and explore new
places they have never been before.
We do travel for various reasons, some visit places for leisure, while
others travel for business purposes. Many travel for both leisure and business
such as when the board of directors of a certain company agrees to hold their
meeting in a beach resort in Puerto Galera, Oriental Mindoro; some
employees might decide to extend their stay for a couple of days to enjoy,
relax and escape from the everyday routine of their work.
Travelling nowadays has been made easier as compared before. With
just a few clicks in the computer, you can book for reservation, secure travel
documents, and then off you go to the desired destination. You will not worry
anymore of being stranded or being lost in places you have never been before
because there are tourism sectors, public and private transports that will
surely guide you on your way home in a safe and convenient manner.
For you to understand the role of the private sector in Philippine tourism
and travel, let us classify the sub-sectors into six (6) major travel-related
industries.
64
1. Transportation Sector
Transportation is the gateway to the success of tourism; without roads,

bridges, sea vessels, and airplanes, travelling to far places will not be
possible. The transportation sector exists in various forms whether by air,
land, and sea.
By Air
During the beginning years of the airline
industry in the Philippines in 1960s, the industry
was contained in a ―one country, one plain policy‖;
making the Philippine Airlines as the virtual
monopoly in the airline sector. As the deregulation
of domestic airline industry took effect in 1970s,
many investors found interest to join in the growing business trend. At present,
travelers have better options to choose the right airline company that can
satisfy their travelling preference and finances.
Here are the list of some commercial airlines that have good service
reputation and compliant to the standards set by the Civil Aviation Authority of
the Philippines.
 AirAsia Zest
 Cebu Pacific
 Fil-Asian Airways
 PAL Express
 Philippine Airlines
 Philippine AirAsia
 Sky Pasada
 Spirit of Manila Airlines
 Tigerair Philippines
 SEAIR International
By Land
According to the National Statistics
Coordination Board, as of 2011 there are already
7,138,942 registered motor vehicles in the
country; this includes the 788,372 cars, 1,764,865
utility vehicles, 8,769 buses, 3,206,255
motorcycles/tricycles, and 291,746 trucks. For that
65
particular year alone, the total passenger traffic had reached to 49,815,295. In
the year 2008, railway transports in the country had carried 346.1 million
passengers which comprises to a total of 4.6 billion pesos revenue.
All land transportation entities such as public bus companies, tour bus
companies, tricycle associations, rail transport companies, taxicabs and car
rentals belong to this sector. Here are some of the noted private land transport
companies in the Philippines:
 Public buses – Philtranco, Santrans, Victory Liner, Mega Bus Line,
Baliwag Transit, Bataan Transit Co.,Bicol Isarog Transport System Inc.,
Calamba Megatrans, Inc., Dagupan Bus Co., Dimple Star Transport
(Iloilo), Dominion Bus Lines, First North Luzon Transit, Five Star Bus
Company, Lucena Lines, Northstar Transport Inc., Philippine Rabbit,
Silver Star, etc.
 Railway Transport – Philippine National Railways (PNR), Manila Light
Rail Transit System (LRT-1 and MRT-2), Manila Metro Rail Transit
(MRT-3)
 Taxi and car rentals – Avis, Budget Rent-A-Car, Dollar Rent-A-Car,
R&E Transport, Nissan Rent-A-Car
By the Sea
There are also various modes of
transportation that can be experienced by
tourists in their journey to the waves of the sea.
Philippine Ports Authority revealed that in 2012,
there are a total of 49,998,936 passengers who
had travelled in the sea through shipping
vessels. The usual means is by travelling through shipping lines such as
Sulpicio Lines, Aboitiz & Co., and William Lines. But if you want better comfort
and relaxing ambiance, why not try travelling in a cruise ship. In shipping, the
vessel carries both the cargos and passengers with limited amenities and
facilities yet offers affordable travel fare; while in cruises, the vessel is solely
dedicated for passengers‘ comfort and one of a kind travel experience,
offering first class facilities and amenities, and flexible travel routes. Lastly,
traveling through the ferry will be the best solution for shipping in short-
distance trip such as from the entry point in Sorsogon crossing the sea to
Samar, or may be from Batangas City to Calapan City.
66
2. Oil Companies
Oil companies play important role in the
tourism industry since the fuel is the core source
of energy in all modes of transportation that are
motor operated. All actions of the tourism
industry lie dependently to the oil companies in
terms of people and goods mobility from one
place to another. Furthermore, an increase in the fuel price will rapidly affect
the economic stability of the country. Among many of the oil companies that
can be named in every road of the country‘s territory, there are three major oil
players that stand out and significantly affecting the consuming public,
namely: Pilipinas Shell Petroleum Corporation, Chevron Philippines (formerly
Caltex), and Total Philippines (an independent oil firm). Union groups in the
country often call them as the ―big three‖.
3. Lodging Industry
As we always say, ―there is no place like
home‖. There is really no place in the world
indeed that could ever replace the comfort and
security that can be felt inside our own residence,
but what the lodging industry tries to offer is the
superb experience that you may remember for the rest of your life.
There are plenty of lodging establishments in the country that can
satisfy every guests needs for relaxation and delightful endeavors during their
stay. Filipinos are naturally hospitable that makes the lodging industry a very
competitive sector in the Philippines.
Lodging properties in various establishments vary depending on the
strategic location, luxury of facilities and amenities, number and size of room,
management standards, types of guests they cater and other factors.
 Hotel – Like any other lodging establishments, hotels provide short-
term accommodation services primarily as a comfortable place for
sleeping. For hotel guests, it is more than just a place where they can
spend the night but also a wonderful venue to experience luxury in its
amenities. Hotels can be categorized as:
o Resort Hotel – It has amenities and facilities that guests can use
for their recreation such as swimming pool, golf course, food
chains, fitness gym, etc. These hotels are usually situated near the
beaches, theme parks and tourist attractions.
67
o Business/Corporate Hotel – This type of hotel have facilities

suitable for holding meetings, conferences, conventions, and other
business events, making the hotel as an extension of their
workplace but in a much lighter setup.
o All-Suite Hotel – It means that the hotel is open for all kinds of
dealings for as long as the properties and facilities are suitable to
the needs of the guests. These hotels have rooms larger than the
conventional type which are called as suites or junior suites. The
room has no concrete partitions between different areas of the
room such as between bedrooms and living room, only curtains as
barriers and in some cases, there are no barriers at all. These
make it ideal for group vacationers or families that need plenty of
space and prefer to spend time together.
 Motels (Motorist Hotel) – The concept of motel establishments

started to flourish in the 1920s when the lodging industry determined
the demand to address motor travelers‘ needs for inexpensive lodging
that are easily accessible to motoring public. The lodging
establishment was then called motel (derived from the words ―motor‖
and ―hotel‖) and can also be called as motor hotel or motor inns.
 Apartel – According to the Department of Tourism, apartel or

apartment hotel are ―any building or edifice containing several
independent and furnished or semi-furnished apartments, regularly
leased to tourists and travelers for dwelling on a more or less long term
basis and offering basic services to its tenants, similar to hotels.‖
 Condotel – It is the lodging establishment in between a condominium

and hotel that are also leased to tourists, similar to apartel.
4. Food and Beverage Industry
Physiologically, humans need food in

order to sustain their daily activities. Since the
tourism industry caters to people of different
nationalities, food and beverage industry is also
associated to it as a sustainable source of
income for many, as well as a means of introducing the rich culture of natives
in the place which are manifested in their cuisines.
68
Specifically, food and beverage industry consists of various food

service entities such as:
 Restaurant – This consists of cafeterias, fast-food chains, coffee
shops, specialty restaurant, and full-service restaurant.
 Travel food service – This pertains to food service entities in airplanes,
cruise ships, trains, hotels and motels.
 Institutional food service – This describes the presence of food service
sector in companies, nursing homes and hospitals, and other service-
related entities.
5. Attractions and Activities Industry

Majority of travelers are looking for
places that will give them the thrill to discover
new things, exploring the breath-taking
sceneries of nature, be entertained in various
events, and appreciate artistic creations of
man. Tourist attractions and activities in the
place are really a big factor that pushes every
person to travel. For instance, when international superstars like Katy Perry
and Justine Bieber perform in a world tour concert at Araneta Coliseum, avid
Filipino fans would probably not leave this chance to meet their idols which
will cause them to buy tickets and go travel even if they are living from a far
away province of the country. Educational field trip in schools are also
organized to expose students from real thing learnings such as visiting
historical parks and landmarks, industrial plants and sites, amusement and
theme parks.
Tourist attractions and events in the Philippines mainly involve the
following activities:
1. Recreation – these are any facilities that will bring relaxation and
relieve stress to the visitors during their spare time such as amusement
parks, theme parks, resorts, casinos, fitness centers, bowling centers, spa
centers, etc.
2. Shopping – Aside from having a stress relieving effect and
acquisition of new items for personal belongings, the industry is a good
source of income for entrepreneurs. Facilities connected to shopping activities
are shopping centers and malls, souvenir shops, specialty stores, boutiques,
convenient stores, supermarkets, bazaars, and others.
69
3. Entertainment – This pertains to any activities that catch the

attention of the audience through drama, music, dance, storytelling and
others. Facilities associated to entertainment are theater and movie houses,
concerts, sports events, festivals, etc.
4. Education – These are places and facilities that enrich the learning
of tourists in terms of culture, historical events and heroes, inventions,
innovations and technology. It includes historical parks and monuments,
relevant landmarks, museums, and others.
6. Other Private Sectors

The broadcast media has a vital role in motivating the public to
participate in the tourism industry of the country. According to the National
Commission on Culture and the Arts, 85% of the household have access to
radio in the Philippines, while 65% of household are entertained in their
televisions. Media have great impact in creating positive image to the tourism
industry and allows the public to gain information about travel destinations,
travel tips, legal documents, and other concerns. Here are other private
sectors associated to the broadcast media and tourism.
 Publishing Companies – printed ads serve as concrete guide and
evidence for travelers and tourists. It is the task of publishing
companies to ensure that the public is always updated of the new
trends and happenings in the tourism industry.
 ITC Service Provider – They act as a support group for different travel
organizations in producing electronic and printed manuals,
guidebooks, atlases, time table, and operational handbooks including
Computerized Reservation System (CRS) and Global Distribution
Systems (GDS)
 Marketing and Public Relations Organizations – These are private
entities that plan and manage marketing research, sales marketing
activities, and conduct place analysis for possible new markets.
 Event Organizers – These are sectors involved in the planning and
organization of events associated to tourism. They coordinate with
lodging establishments for venues of meetings, conventions, exhibits,
and other corporate activities of the client company.
 Miscellaneous Service – These are entities that might be apart from
the tourism industry, yet should be considered as affiliated sector
because of the essential services they cater for the tourist and
travelers. It includes the hospitals, nurseries, police, communication,
trash collection and disposal, insurance, and others.
70
A. MIX AND MATCH

Direction: Write the following tourism sub-sectors according to its
appropriate classification.
Condotel Hotel Public Buses Concert

Coffee shop Shopping Mall Amusement Park Apartel
Museum Motorcycle Restaurant Zipline
Taxicab Cafeteria Ferry Festival
Food and Attraction and

Transportation Lodging
Beverage Activities
B. QUICKWRITES
Direction: Shortly explain the difference between the two key terms
presented below.
Cruise Ship
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
Hotel Motel
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
Recreation/Leisure Entertainment
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
71

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
Enhancement
Activity
SELF –ASSESSMENT QUESTIONS
Direction: Answer the following questions in any clean sheet of paper.

1. What are the vital roles of the government and private sectors in
the Philippine Tourism industry?
2. What will be the possible conflicts if the tourism policies of the
government are not communicated well to the public?
3. Given the chance to become the Secretary of Tourism, what
policies will you impose to better improve the Tourism Industry of
our country?
4.
Let’s Do it!
Research Time
Choose your desired topic to research on the internet.

Topic # 1: Puerto Princesa Subterranean River
Topic # 2: Tubbataha Reefs Natural Park
Topic # 3: Coron Island
Visit websites associated to the chosen topic and compile information

about the following areas:
1. Unique descriptions of the tourist destination
2. Government and NGO environmental protection programs
3. Role of the public in the preservation of the environment and
heritage sites
72
Individual product/performance will be evaluated using the scoring

rubrics below:
Direction: OVER ALL EVALUATION

Level PERFORMANCE LEVELS
Let the teacher Achieved
assess your 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and
product in the with initiative and adaptability to problem situations.
following critical
task and 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without
performance assistance or supervision.
criteria. 5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires
some assistance and/or supervision.
3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but
requires considerable assistance and/or supervision.
Instructor will initial level achieved.
73
LESSON 2 TRAVEL MANAGEMENT COMPANIES

AND TRAVEL AGENCIES (TM)
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Travel Management
Outcome Companies and Travel Agencies
Objectives
1. describe what is travel and tour agency;
2. differentiate the traditional ―rate-minus‖ from the evolving

―cost-plus‖ concepts;
3. recognize how travel agencies shift its roles from the

traditional to the new trends in distribution cycle.
Have you ever tried to plan for your travel vacation? It seems to be a
very exciting activity but you might end up disappointed in dealing with
difficulties on how and at what point you can start. There are so many
concerns that should be arranged and rigid matters to research on in
travelling; whether looking for the best travel destination in magazines or
internet that can satisfy your limited budget, securing for the necessary travel
documents, plus the hassle of packing your clothes and personal necessities.
74
It is really a good thing that there are travel management companies

and travel agencies that can guide, plan, and coordinate the plans for your
dream vacation. Consulting a travel company is the best solution especially
for beginners like you. Travel companies will surely find the best travel deal
that suits your needs. The Tourist Code of 1980 under Article 243, describe
the travel and tour agency as ―an entity engaged in the business of extending
to individuals or groups, travel services and assistance to include
documentation, ticketing, booking for transportation and/or accommodation;
arrangements, handling and/or conduct of tour within or outside of
Philippines, whether or not for a fee, commission or any form of monetary
consideration.‖
The Traditional Trend

In the traditional way of selling travel products, travel agencies act as
middlemen between the vendors and vendees. Vendors pertain to
commercial entities such as hotels, resorts, airlines, cruise and tour bus
companies, amusement parks, and others; travel agencies serve as the
agents to market their product or services offered. On the other hand,
vendees pertain to you or any person who buy the products offered by the
vendors; in this case, travel agencies provide guidance on customers.
Vendors/Commercial Entities
Middleman/Travel Agency
Vendee/Customers
Can the vendee go directly to the vendors to avail of their products or

services? The answer is yes; but as explained earlier, it can be a rigid task.
Furthermore, vendors do not have the luxury of time to answer every
customer‘s inquiry, that is why they prefer to create agreements with travel
agencies to let them promote and explain the products and services that they
offer in detail.
As stipulated in the law, travel agencies have the right to collect
commission from the vendor. This may range from 10% to 15% of the selling
price which can be defined as ―rate-minus‖. Aside from this, the travel agent
75
can also impose markup on the net cost of products forwarded by the vendor
or known as ―net-plus‖ which are normally beyond the understanding of the
customer.
The New Trend

Innovations brought by the computer technology have great impact on
the way travel agencies function nowadays. Through the internet, people can
already book their flights directly with airline companies, reserve for rooms on
different hotels through the Computerized Reservation System (CRS) and a
Global Distribution System (GDS). This time, travel agency is no more an
agent for the vendor or a seller to the vendee; but a partner to both of the
parties. They are now called as Travel Management Company (TMC).
Commercial Entities
Travel Management Company
Customers
A TMC is responsible for providing assistance to the vendees in terms

of finding the best supplier of travel products that can satisfy their needs at
their convenience and with their purchasing power. TMCs conduct evaluation
of the vendee to determine preferences and budget then find the best match
based on the vendors audited assets. TMCs will also manage and negotiate
with all travel processes of the vendee. In return, TMCs will explain and
charge a professional fee from the vendee or the ―cost-plus‖. Unlike ―net-
plus‖, the ―cost-plus‖ is openly communicated to the vendee.
76
A. WORD HUNT
Direction: Mark the ten (10) hidden words in the puzzle below
based on the lesson discussed.
T R A V E L P R O D U C T P
N E T P L U S W L F W L K R
O V J B N K U F T I F N Z O
I K H W Y O N J B M O Y W F
S R C B F H I Y H D C F D E
S B W H Q W M I V N L T K S
I K I R T N E V E N D E E S
M L J O K I T G Q T W I W I
M T W D F D A B V F O L Q O
O V O N H L R J G D S F V N
C W Y E E N T W D L Y W T A
N J K V F B K Y K B K H J L
W I A D M I D D L E M A N F
Q R N W Z H W J O H J L W E
T F K B F S U L P T S O C E
B. QUICKWRITE
Direction: Differentiate the words in Column A from Column B.
Rate-Minus Cost-Plus
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
Vendor Vendee
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
Travel Agency Travel Management Company

_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
77

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
Icon for
Learning
Outcome Learning Outcome 2 State the Functions of Travel
Management Company (TMC) /Travel Agency
Objectives
1. determine some of the benefits that consumers may get from

booking through a travel agency;
2. explain the five basic functions of travel management
company (TMC)/travel agency;
3. identify the sources of TMCs‘ sales and revenue.
Which of these ways do you think would be the best thing to do to find
the best travel deal that suits your budget: browsing the magazine, searching
the internet, or consulting a TMC/travel agency? Majority of you might choose
the second option which is browsing the internet. Well, you are right that the
World Wide Web is really a good source to search on and many travelers
today transact their travel deals online. However, it is also true that many
travel deals posted on some websites are only scams or may have some
hidden charges behind the declared deal rates. In this case, you would need
somebody or an expert to help you out in finding the right travel deal that will
not go beyond your budget such as travel management companies or travel
agencies.
Here are some of the advantages that customers may get from
booking in a TMC/travel agency:
1. They are experts in their field - Travel agents will surely find the best
travel solution since they are professionals in doing this kind of job everyday.
2. They conserve time and effort for you – They gather information from
suppliers and clients, arrange company agreements, coordinate details of the
78
travel plans and file the needed documents. You have nothing to worry about
because somebody is doing the tasks for you.
3. They know the best supplier – Travel management businesses have a

wide range of company linkages and profiles. They compare price rates and
marketability of the travel products from one company to another and will not
stop until they find the most economical and desirable deal for you.
4. They take charge of responsibilities – Whenever things go wrong,

conflicts are immediately resolved by the company since travel agents have
direct attachments to customers. Unlike online travel transactions, there is no
guarantee that your problems will be addressed since some hotline centers of
online agencies may either be understaffed or not existing at all.
Functions of Travel Management Companies/Travel Agencies
The travel management company/travel agency has the following

major functions:
1. Provide reliable information to clients – Travel agents are good seekers

of travel information in terms of suppliers profile, their product prices,
schedule of activities, and travel documents required. Unlike before when
travel agents manually gather data through calling every commercial
establishment just to compare prices, the use of internet today is a
breakthrough in accomplishing these sort of jobs. Here are other means and
sources that TMCs use to gather relevant information: travel guidebooks,
business travel planner, the Star Service of hotels and cruise vessel, travel
documentaries, and most importantly, review of personal experiences from
travel forums.
2. Recommend travel products that suit the clients’ needs – After

determining the traveler‘s preference and budget, the next step is to find the
right suppliers of products that can satisfy the requirements of the client. At
this point, suggestive selling comes in wherein travel agents recommend
various product inclusions or selections on the deal that will not go far from
the client‘s buying power such as deciding the appropriate airline and flight
schedule, travel destinations, incentives, and others.
79
3. Guide travelers in obtaining travel documents – One significant benefit

in consulting TMC is the guidance that they provide in securing for your travel
documents such as immigration clearances, passport, and visas. In several
travel destinations, some of these documents are not required especially for
local travels. But as TMC determine the needs, they provide assistance to
travelers in obtaining these documents, for a fee.
4. Arrange and coordinate travel activities – At this point, a TMC will now
place reservation to suppliers, make travel arrangements, and issue
corresponding proof of reservations to the traveler such as tickets or tour
vouchers after he agrees with all recommendations laid by the TMC.
Therefore, the traveler is not anymore an alien to the travel company but a
―client‖.
5. Provide assistance in case of refunds or cancellation of deal – There

are times that the client decides to revoke his deal with the travel company
due to unexpected circumstances. TMC will also assist the clients in
processing cancellations or better provide recommendations to make
adjustments on travel arrangements, if possible.
Sources of TMC Sales and Revenue

There are various ways on how TMC benefit from processing travel
arrangements of clients:
1. Professional/Handling Fee – This pertains to fees charge to clients for the

professional services rendered by the travel agent in gathering travel
information, advising, and processing travel arrangements. Professional fee is
either a fixed amount or percentage of the travel cost. This is referred to as
the ―cost-plus‖.
2. Sales Commissions – These are either a form of commission from regular
product fares charged to supplier or known as ―Rate-Minus‖; or a markup on
net product fare passed on the client or ―net-plus‖
3. Service Fee – These are fees collected from clients for some services
incurred in addition to the regular travel functions such as assistance in
securing travel documents, and processing of documents due to some
adjustments from the original travel arrangement.
4. Incentives and Rebates from suppliers – As regular agents to suppliers,

TMC sometimes receive incentives and rebates of any form as an act of
generosity and appreciation on the part of suppliers.
80
A. TRUE OR FALSE
Direction: Write TRUE if the underlined word/phrase in the
statement is correct; and write FALSE if it is wrong. Put your answer on the
space provided.
__________ 1. Net-plus pertains to the commission markup or add-on to the

regular price of travel products which are offered to the vendees.
__________ 2. Travel agencies have no right to collect commission from the

vendors/suppliers.
__________ 3. When a travel agent assists the client in obtaining the

required travel documents, he is allowed to collect a professional fee from the
latter.
__________ 4. Suggestive selling means providing travel deal options and
recommendations that may satisfy the budget requirement of the client.
__________ 5. The client should be a good provider of travel information in

order to lessen the task of the TMC in finding the right travel deal for him.
__________ 6. Cost-plus means collecting a professional fee from the client

for the agent‘s efforts in searching travel information and processing travel
arrangements.
__________ 7. Net-plus is a kind of commission that is openly communicated
to the clients for transparency.
__________ 8. After agreeing with all the TMC recommendations, the travel
agent will process the travel arrangements and issue proofs of reservations.
The vendee is now considered a client of the company.
__________ 9. The TMC will no longer assist the client in case of deal
cancellations and refund due to untoward circumstances.
__________ 10. Professional fee is deducted from the original price of

product or services offered by the vendor.
81
B. QUICKWRITE
Direction: Complete the diagram below by writing your
understanding about the details of the concept given.
___________
___________
___________
___________
_____
___________ __________
___________ __________
___________ __________
___________ Functions __________
________
of a _____
TMC/Travel
Agency
___________ __________
___________ __________
___________ __________
___________ __________
_____ _____

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
82
Icon for
Learning
Learning Outcome 3 Explain the Organizational
Outcome Structure of TMC/ Travel Agency
Objectives
1. describe the general characteristics of a Travel Management

Company (TMC);
2. explain the Departmental functions of a TMC/Travel Agency;
3. understand the duties and responsibilities of the various

designations in a TMC/Travel Agency.
Arranging every details of your travel plan is definitely not an easy

thing to do. That is why many are letting the travel management companies
do these rigid tasks for them. But, how is it possible that a TMC is able to
arrange numbers of travel dealings everyday without compromising its
credibility and work efficiency? It is because they have organized teams that
function simultaneously according to the designated responsibilities.
As a service industry, a travel management company/travel agency is

committed to perform the following roles:
1. As Retailer – it buys travel products from suppliers (travel-related

establishments) and sell them to buyers (the consuming public).
2. As Agent – it negotiates and help the suppliers in distributing travel
products to the end user or client
3. As counselor – it guides the clients in using the best travel products that
suits their needs.
4. As Profit Earner – it generates revenues from every service rendered to
suppliers and clients such as professional fee (cost-plus), rate-minus, net-
plus, and service fee from auxiliary services.
83
A travel management company/travel agency is often composed of

the following essential departments represented by the General Manager as
chairperson:
General Manager
Assistant General Manager
Administration Operations Sales and Marketing

Department Department Department
1. Administration – This is the core department that manages the internal

functions of the company which often includes the General Administration,
Personnel, Accounting, and Finance divisions.
 General Administration – It formulates administrative policies with

regards to standard operating procedures of the company; manages all
legal dealings, processes insurance needs of personnel, as well as the
purchase and maintenance of the company‘s physical facilities.
 Personnel Section – It sets all administrative policies concerning

human resource and development including personnel qualifications,
screening, professional and personality development trainings of
employee. It is also in-charge of monitoring its personnel‘s work
performance; recommends increase in compensation or promotion for
efficient agents and imposes disciplinary actions on negligent staffs.
 Accounting Section – It keeps all company records, permits,

licenses, bills, ledgers and other accounting documents.
 Finance Section – It manages the collection of revenues, transacts

with banks, prepares financial reports and disburses money to defray
all financial responsibilities of the company such as salary of
employees and utility bills.
84
Administrative Manager
Accountant Cashier Personnel
Bookkeeper Collectors
2. Operations
The Operations Department acts as the implementer in the delivery of
the company‘s core product which is to serve as intermediary between the
suppliers and the client. Among big TMC/travel agency, operations is sub-
divided into two divisions namely: Travel Operations and Tour Operations.
 Travel Operations – This division takes care of the normal services

catered by the TMC such as advising, information seeking, processing,
reserving and ticketing, and securing of the travel documents for the
clients. Personnel directly involved in the Travel Operations are the
Travel Manager, Travel Supervisor, Documentation Supervisor, Travel
Counselors, Reservations and Ticketing Officers, and the Liaison
Officer.
Travel Manager
Travel Supervisor Documentations

Supervisor
Travel Counselor
Reservations Ticketing Liaison

Officer Officer Officer
85
 Tour Operations – It is the division responsible for the ―preparation

and implementation of all activities within an itinerary, within a given
time frame, and within the estimated costs, in order to meet the
expectations of the paying clients.‖ Unlike the Travel Operations
division that normally transacts in an office, the Tour Operations
responsibility encompasses the delivery of the actual tour activities in
the field. The Tour Operations division is headed by the Tour Manager;
followed by the Operations Supervisor and the Field Supervisor. Staffs
under the Operations Supervisor are the Quotations Officer,
Reservations Officer and the Messenger. On the other hand, Field
Supervisor manages the Tour Coordinator and the Courier Ticketing.
Tour Manager
Operations Supervisor Field Supervisor

.
Quotations Reservations Tour Courier

Coordinator
Messenger
Tour Guides
3. Marketing and Sales
Marketing and Sales are segmented activities which aim to uplift the
sales revenue of the TMC. Marketing pertains to any activities that may cause
public awareness about the company and the product or services it offers.
When marketing plans are effectively communicated to the masses and many
become interested to avail the products, it will result to increase in sales
which the Department is targeting for. The Department is headed by the
Sales and Marketing Manager; followed by the Business Development
Supervisor and the Product Development Supervisor. Both of these positions
are responsible for the creation and implementation of marketing plans on
their respective areas; strengthening the business servicing aspects of the
company and improving the desirability of the products offered.
86
A. Fill in the Box

Direction: Below are statements describing the characteristics of
various departments/divisions and designations in a TMC/travel agency.
Identify each of them by writing your answer in the boxes provided.
1. It keeps all company records, permits, licenses, bills, ledgers

and other accounting documents.
2. It takes care of any activities that may bring public awareness about the
company and the products or services it offers.
3. It sets all administrative policies concerning human resource and

development including employees‘ qualifications, screening, professional and
personality development trainings of employee.
4. It is responsible for the processing and delivery of the actual tour activities
in the field as included in the itinerary.
5. It formulates administrative policies with regards to standard operating

procedures of the company.
6. This department segment will benefit when the marketing plans are
7. It acts as the implementer in the delivery of the company‘s core product

which is to serve as intermediary between the suppliers and the client.
8. It manages the collection of revenues, transacts with banks, prepares

financial reports and disburses money to defray all financial responsibilities of
the company
87
9. He/she monitors the normal office services catered by the TMC such as
advising, information seeking, processing, reserving and ticketing, and
securing of the travel documents for the clients.
10. The head supervisor in-charge of implementing marketing plans to

improve the desirability of the products offered by the company.
B. QUICKWRITE
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________ Characteristics of _________________

____________________ TMC/ Travel _________________
____________________
Agency _________________
____________________
_________________
____________________
____________________
____________________
____________________

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
88
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 4 Plan to Put-Up a Travel Agency
Outcome
Objectives
1. recognize the forms of business ownership in the

Philippines;
2. enumerate the various requirements to set up a Travel

Management Company/ Travel Agency; and
3. describe the difference between an LGU License and DOT

Accreditation.
Now that you have a clear picture on how Travel Management

Companies/Travel Agencies are managed and operated, it is now time for
you to think about establishing your own business. But before that, you
should decide on what type of travel agency you will be setting up: Are you
going to franchise a well-known TMC/Travel agency or establish a new
independent business entity? Both have its advantages and disadvantages.
Perhaps, if your business will become part of an already established TMC,
you will surely have lesser pressure on finding a supplier, training your staff,
and marketing the travel product to the public since these companies have
effective and stable support team that guides a franchisee in overseeing the
business. However, you should bear in mind that franchising a business will
cost a lot on your capital investment, plus the reality that you are their
business partner and therefore you can only reap portion of the revenues in
franchised business.
On the other hand, establishing an independent travel agency will
require lesser capital investment as compared to franchising. You have the
freedom to manage its lawful operations and create an identity the way you
want it to be. But, entering your business in a tight market is not as easy as
you think; you have to find credible suppliers, train your own staff and
promote for your own products. It takes time to establish a good reputation for
your business.
On whatever tract you may decide to pursue, this part of the learning
resource will assist you on how to realize your travel management business
and become a sustainable source of income.
89
Forms of Business Ownership

There are three (3) identified forms of business ownership in the
Philippines that are normally applied to Travel Management
Companies/Travel Agencies, namely:
1. Sole or Single Proprietorship (Small-Scale Business)

This business entity is managed and owned by a single person. This
business setup is easy to establish and is also easy to collapse in case of
liquidation. These documents should be secured from the following
government agencies upon legalizing any sole proprietor business.
Bureau of Domestic Trade Registration
- Trade Name Registration
- Bank Certificate for the Company‘s capitalization
- Tax Identification Number of the owner
Local Government Unit
- DTI Certificate of Business Name Registration
- Copy of the Lease Contract Agreement of the premises
- Bank Certificate of the Company‘s paid –up capital
- Financial projections for the next three (3) years
- Biodata of the General Manager
- List of the company‘s employees with respective biodata
- Duly accomplished application form
- Proof of payment of application fee
- General Liability insurance policy (varies according to the LGU)
- Surety Bond from an accredited insurance company (varies according to
the LGU)
- Barangay Clearance
90
2. Partnership (Medium-Scale Business)

This is a business entity organized by two individuals or partners
who agree to share responsibilities with regard to business management and
finances. Generally, there are two types of partner: the active and the
passive. The active partner is directly involved in the supervision of every
business activities and may also share with financial responsibilities in the
company. Meanwhile, the passive partner only provides financial support to
the business and is never involved in managing business operations.
Partnership requires strong coordination among business partners; in some
cases, misunderstandings result to the liquidation of the business. The
following documents should be secured for this form of business:
Securities and Exchange Commission
- Articles of Partnership
- Bank Certificate of capital fund paid-up
Department of Trade and Industry registration
- Articles of Partnership
Local Government Unit
- SEC–approved Partnership document
- Copy of the Lease Contract Agreement of the premises
- Financial projections for the next three (3) years
- Biodata of the General Manager
- List of the company‘s employees with respective biodata
- Duly accomplished application form
- Proof of payment of application fee
- General Liability insurance policy (varies according to the LGU)
- Surety Bond from an accredited insurance company (varies according to
the LGU)
- Barangay Clearance
3. Corporation (Large-Scale Business)

Most Travel Management Companies/Travel Agencies in the
country have this setup. The business is composed of at least five (5)
incorporators or stockholders who comprises the Board of Directors and is
headed by a chairperson. The share of ownership or stocks in a corporation is
transferable and negotiable to others if permitted by the stockholders; this
makes the corporation the most established and stable form of ownership.
The following documents are need to be secured:
91
Securities and Exchange Commission

- Articles of Incorporation
- By-laws
- Bank Certificate of the capital fund paid-up
- Incorporator‘s biodata
Department of Trade and Industry registration
- Articles of Incorporation
- By-laws
- Bank Certificate of the capital fund paid-up
- Incorporator‘s biodata
After legalizing your business identity, you may now apply for the
License to Operate from the Office of the City/Municipal Mayor with the
following requirements needed:
- Barangay Clearance where the business is going to be located
- Fire Safety clearance
- Certificate of electrical inspection
- Certificate of occupancy
- Certified copy of Articles of Incorporation (or Partnership) and By-Laws of
Certificate of Business Name Registration for Single Proprietorship
- Contract of Lease of office space or a sworn statement by the Landlord
that the agency is a lessee thereof
- Duly accomplished application form from the Business Permits and
Licensing Office
- Surety Bond valid for one year from the date of issue
- List of all officers and employees and their respective positions,
citizenship, and home address
- List of all travel representatives, consultants, sales agents or persons
who are regularly engaged in soliciting and booking passengers
- For a new general manager, application for permit to work and
documents to prove a minimum of three (3) years‘ experience in travel
and tour agency operations.
It is also a must that your travel agency applies for registration in the
following government agencies:
- Social Security System
- Bureau of Internal Revenue
- Pag-Ibig Fund
- Philippine Health Insurance Corporation
92
Application for Department of Tourism (DOT) Accreditation
You should note that application for Local Government Licenses is

different from the Department of Tourism Accreditation. There are various
significance in applying for DOT accreditation such as incentives given and
inclusion in the promotional campaign of the government tourism agency.
Upon applying for DOT accreditation, the following requirements

must be satisfied:
- Mayor‘s Permit/Municipal License
- Business Name Certificate for Single Proprietorship
- Articles of Incorporation / Partnership & By-Laws for
Corporation/Partnership
- Latest Income Tax Return and Audited Financial Statements
- Contract of Lease of office space / certificate of title
- Application form duly accomplished and notarized
- List of officers and employees
- Valid visa and labor permit for foreign nationals
- Board Resolution authorization for bonafide employee to file / transact
business with DOT
- Proof of Php 500,000.00 working capital
- Proof of Inbound or local tour operations
- Receipts of bookings from DOT accredited hotels/resorts
- Tour packages with tariff rates
- Copy of Surety Bond submitted to the Local Government Unit (LGU)
- General Manager shall have at least 3 years managerial experience in
tour operations
- Bio-Data of two permanent staff who shall have at least 2 years in Tour
Operations
- Office space requirements; should be located in a commercial area, must
be easily identifiable and shall be used exclusively for the tour operation
business
- For tour operator with branches – affidavit executed by the general
manager of the main office acknowledging the existence of the branch
office, assuming full responsibility of its operations and certifying that it is
not managed nor operated by persons/entities other than the duly
accredited employees and officers of the main office.
93
A. MIX AND MATCH

Direction: Sort the given legal requirements below according to the
government agencies it is intended to be submited upon registration and
licensing of a business establishment. Put your answer in the appropriate
columns.
Fire Safety Clearance Mayor‘s Permit

Articles of Partnership/Corporation Certificate of Occupancy
List of company employees Barangay Clearance
Proof of Inbound/Local Tour Operations Surety Bond
Certificate of Electrical Inspection Latest Income Tax Return
Receipts of booking from hotels/resorts Tour Packages with Tariff
Office of Mayor Department of Local Government

DTI / SEC
(License to Operate) Tourism Unit
94
B. QUICKWRITES
Direction: Write your understanding about the following forms of
business ownership.
1.
Sole Proprietorship 2.
3.
1.
Partnership 2.
3.
1.
Corporation 2.
3.
Enhancement
Activity

1. What is the difference between Travel Agency and Travel
Management Company?
2. What are the things that you should remember in establishing your
own business?
3. Are Travel Management Companies/Travel Agencies affected by
the existence of the World Wide Web? Why or why not?
4. In your own view, how can a TMC/Travel agency adjust to the
changing trends in the travel and tourism industry?
95
Let’s Do it!
Role Playing
Divide the class into five groups. Ask each group to role play on the
following topics:
Group # 1: Travelers planning for a vacation

Group # 2: Travel agent assisting a client
Group # 3: Travel agent gathering information based on the travelers
preference and budget
Group # 4: Tour operator guiding the clients in the field
Group # 5: Clients giving their feedback toward the tour operator‘s
performance during the tour activities
Performance of the group will be evaluated using the scoring rubrics
below:
Direction: OVER ALL EVALUATION

assess your 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and
performance in with initiative and adaptability to problem situations.
the following
critical task and 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without
criteria. 5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires
3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but
requires considerable assistance and/or supervision.
The instructor will indicate his/her initial on the level achieved.
96
Let’s See How Much You Learned
Post Test 1
A. MULTPLE CHOICE
Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter of your
choice in your answer sheet.
1. This establishment is suitable for motor travelers looking for inexpensive

lodging services at their own convenience?
a. Motel
b. Condotel
c. Corporate Hotel
d. Resort Hotel
2. Which of the following lodging establishments can best accommodate

companies that need facilities suitable for holding business conferences?
a. All-Suite hotel
b. Corporate hotel
c. Motel
d. Apartel
3. Which of the following companies offer travel services by sea?

a. Sulpicio Lines
b. Victory Liner
c. Cebu Pacific
d. None of the above
4. It is a government agency that has the power to implement policies

concerning air travel safety.
a. Philippine Ports Authority
b. Department of Foreign Affair
c. Bureau of Immigration
d. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
97
5. What is the only government-controlled tourism agency that has a board of

trustees institutionally drawn from both private and public sectors?
a. Philippine Tourism Authority
b. Philippine Convention and Visitors Corporation
c. Department of Interior and Local Government
6. Which of the following is an airline company?

a. Philtranco
b. Star Cruises
c. Sky Pasada
d. Avis
7. This government agency is mandated to monitor the entry and exit of

foreign nationals in the country.
a. Department of Transportation and Communication
b. Department of Public Works and Highways
c. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
d. Bureau of Immigration
8. What government tourism agency is responsible for the collection of travel

9. On what private tourism sector does the cruise ship belong?

a. Food and beverage
b. Transportation
c. Oil Company
d. Educational institution
10. Republic Act No. 9593 is otherwise known as ________

a. Local Government Code of 1991
b. Tourism Act of 2009
c. Oil Deregulation law
d. Aviation Act of 2013
98
B. ANALOGY
Direction: Supply the word/phrase that can satisfy the missing
argument. Write only the letter of your answer on the space provided.
___________ 1. Supplier : _______ as Vendee : Client

a. Government agencies
b. Commercial establishments
c. Traveler
d. Travel agency
___________ 2. ______ : Agent as Travel Management Company : Partner

a. Commercial establishments
b. Client
c. Lodging industry
d. Travel agency
___________ 3. Rate-minus : commission as cost-plus : _______

a. professional fee
b. service fee
c. rental fee
d. markup fee
___________ 4. Personnel : Human resource as Finance : _______

a. Ticketing
b. Record keeping
c. Cash disbursement
d. Public awareness
___________ 5. Lodging : Transportation as Marketing : ______

a. Sightseeing
b. Travel
c. Tourism
d. Operations
___________ 6. Government : Policy making as Private sector : _______

a. Accrediting/licensing
b. Policy implementing
c. Peace and Order
d. Marketing
___________ 7. Amusement Park : Attraction as _______ : Lodging

a. Cafeteria
b. Theater
c. Bus Line
d. Motel
99
___________ 8. Sole Proprietorship : DTI as Corporation : _______

a. Local Government Unit(LGU)
b. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
c. Office of the City Mayor
d. Department of Tourism (DOT)
___________ 9. PCVC : convention venue as _______ : travel taxes

a. Local Government Units
b. Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
___________ 10. Travel Operations : Office-based as _______ : Field

a. Tour Operations
b. Documentation
c. Personnel
d. Accounting
C. ESSAY
Direction: Explain the following questions on a clean sheet of paper.
1. What are the roles of the government and private sector in the Philippine
Tourism Industry?
2. What are the similarities and differences between the traditional and the
new trends in the distribution of travel products and services?
3. How Travel Management Companies (TMC) / travel agencies benefit for
being an intermediary between vendors and vendee?
4. Explain the various forms of business ownership applicable to the TMC
/Travel Agency.
SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ESSAY

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
100
QUARTER II
Overview
Filipinos are naturally travelers; this is manifested by our diverse
culture and history for having strong family ties and hosts of festive religious
and cultural events. Many of these social gatherings are rooted from the
desire to appreciate and give thanks to God‘s abundant blessings in our land.
Traveling is not just joining the celebrations of our countrymen but a good
opportunity to share values, harmony, and culture.
Nowadays, tourism really changed the way every traveler thinks upon
visiting places. More than the majestic sceneries of nature, some travelers
still search for attractions that will let them feel the excitement and thrill run
through their veins. Perhaps, many enjoy recreational activities when they are
together with their family; while others prefer traveling alone for convenience
or because of limited budget. There are indeed a lot of reasons that lead
people to travel.
In this part of the learning resource, you will learn the different factors
that motivate or de-motivate travelers in engaging with different traveling
activities; also, on how to match the travel market and the destination
according to the traveler‘s preference. As beginner travelers, it is important to
assess and evaluate the tourist destination to be visited, as well as to know
the appropriate use of travel guides such as map and compass in order to
ensure your safety and comfort upon going to places you have never been
before.
At the later part of the quarter, you will recognize the vital role of travel
agencies/TMCs and how they adapt to the new trends in the travel distribution
cycle from using Computerized Reservation System (CRS) to Global
Distribution System (GDS). You will become familiar with some of the major
GDS that travel agencies/TMCs use in performing their business online.
Lastly, this learning resource will hone your skills in navigating with the
Amadeus GDS and how to use some of its basic commands.
101
Western Visayas: The Land of Beaches and Smiles
Region 6 is indeed the home of world known beaches and rich

cultural heritage. Who have not heard about the breath taking wonders of
Boracay? But this heavenly paradise is just an entry to a lot more
destinations that tourists can enjoy and relax; such as the Batabat Coral
Reef and Malalison Island in Aklan, the clear blue waters of Guinaras in
Antique, and the mystics of Danjugan Island in Bacolod City.
If you still want more closeness to nature, try exploring the hidden
Caves of Suhot and Quipot in Capiz, or walk through the Piña Village of
Kalibo to meet the dreamweavers of the land. And of course, throw all
your stress and worries through the bunch of smiles that awaits you in the
Mascara Festival of Bacolod, then dance and rejoice your faith to the
Almighty Creator in the Ati-atihan festival of Aklan and Dinagyang
festival of Iloilo.
Discover more of Western Visayas‘s enchanting treasures and

express your delight by shouting “Hala-bira!”
102
Icon for
General General Objectives
Objectives
At the end of this quarter, learners are expected to:
1. identify the markets and destination;

2. discuss the types of tourism;
3. assess and match travel destination suitable for travelers;
4. read and interpret map;
5. recognize famous tourist destinations in the world;
6. practice the internet and e-travel commerce;
7. describe the capabilities of Global Distribution System (GDS);
Pre – Test 2
A. MULTPLE CHOICE
1. The type of travel motivator related to discovering other people‘s tradition,

history, and way of life
a. Physical
b. Cultural
c. Interpersonal
d. Prestige
2. The Product-Related variable that satisfy client‘s needs for travel whether
corporate or leisure activities
a. Length of stay
b. Distance traveled
c. Purpose of visit
d. Mode of transportation
103
3. It is the imaginary line 23 degrees north of the equator.

a. Arctic Circle
b. Longitude
c. Tropics of Capricorn
d. Tropics of Cancer
4. It means to share faith and devotion together with the natives in glorifying
the Almighty Creator.
a. Historical Tourism
b. Culinary Tourism
c. Cultural Tourism
d. Religious Tourism
5. A thanks giving celebration by the Tagbanua natives of Palawan displayed

in ritual dances and food offerings to their deities
a. Pagdidiwata
b. Ibalong
c. Lemlunay
d. Pista‘y Dayat
6. This describes a traveler with a stable job but with limited time for traveling
since he/she is holding vital responsibilities in the workplace.
a. Budget Traveler
b. Regular Traveler
c. High-End Traveler
d. Either a or b
7. The travel evaluation indicator that is addressed upon answering the

question: ―Did you learn new things from your travel?‖
a. Accessibility
b. Comfort and convenience
c. Safety and security
d. Education and entertainment
104
8. Part of the map that details the different items that can be seen in the areas
of the map like the name, countries and capital cities
a. Label
b. Legend
c. Compass Rose
d. Title
9. This map is intended to describe the state and national boundaries of

places.
a. Physical Map
b. Topography Map
c. Climatic Map
d. Political Map
10. A narrow strip of land between two large bodies of water

a. Archipelago
b. Isthmus
c. Island
d. Peninsula
11. The IATA area where the Middle East belongs

a. Area I
b. Area II
c. Area III
d. Area IV
12. It is the most visited country in the world

a. Russia
b. Spain
c. France
d. Japan
13. The Bay Island of Honduras is part of this land area
a. Central America
b. Middle East
c. New Zealand
d. South Africa
105
14. All of the following are advantages of the internet in the travel business,
except
a. It avoids payment of commissions on the part of customer
b. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control over the search
c. It ignores personal motivation
d. It reduces paperwork
15. The first computerized information system used primarily to store and
retrieve clients‘ data
a. Computerized Reservation System (CRS)
b. Global Distribution System (GDS)
c. Personal Reference Number (PNR)
d. World Wide Web (WWW)
16. A European Global Distribution System founded by AirFrance, Iberia

Lufthansa and SAS
a. Sabre
b. Worldspan
c. Galileo
d. Amadeus
17. The aim of this type of tourism is to acquaint travelers to the way of life of
the natives which includes their customs and traditions
b. Cultural Tourism
c. Culinary Tourism
d. Adventure Tourism
18. The tendency of a big family to refrain from traveling activities because of
inconvenience and high cost of expenditures belong to what travel de-
motivator?
a. Lack of interest
b. Lack of time
c. Family stage
d. Family bonding
106
19. The clients‘ tendency to travel more often if they have better educational
attainment pertain to what market variable?
a. Socio-economic
b. Product-related
c. Psychographic
d. Physiological
20. Which of the following map guides is not aligned together with the
Altitudes?
a. Equator
b. Prime Meridian
c. Arctic Circle
B. SPOT THE UNLIKE

Direction: Identify the word or phrase that is not included in the
group. Then write it on your answer sheet.
1. Male
Married
First class flight seat
College graduate,
25 years old
2. Festivals
Inexpensive fare
Company sponsored events
Busy work schedule
Fine weather
3. Mode of Transportation
Safety
Social recognition
Relaxation
Family bonding
107
4. Ayala y Compañia
Pintados Festival
House of Apacible
Barasoain Church
Santa Cruz Fort
5. Taal Volcano
Agusan Marsh
Batanes Islands
Tubbataha Reef
Makati Medical Center
6. Fantasy World
Burnham Park
Water Rafting
Ocean Adventure
Star City
7. Budget Traveler
Transportation
Infrastructure
Attraction
Hospitality
8. Ocean
Plateau
Bay
Strait
Gulf
9. Indonesia
Vietnam
Ireland
Jordan
New Zealand
10. Sabre
Amadeus
Galileo
StarCruise
Worldspan 108
LESSON 1 MARKET AND DESTINATION (MD)
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Identify the Markets and Destination
Outcome
Objectives
1. explain what are the people‘s needs, motives, and aspirations

in traveling;
2. differentiate leisure travelers from business travelers; and
3. recognize how market is affected by various intervening
variables.
Have you ever experience an instance when you invite a close friend
to attend your party; but in spite of your dedication, he/she was not able to
come due to unexpected circumstances? You might feel disappointed during
that moment but try to assess first the reason behind your friend‘s decision to
miss such a memorable event in your life. Sometimes, people change plans
not to hurt others but to address some sort of priorities.
The same reason applies to the travel industry. There are various
factors that may affect a person‘s decision to travel. As discussed in the
previous quarter, people generally travel for leisure, business purposes or
often both. People who have the tendency to avail and realize their travel
plans are referred to as the Market. On the other hand, the places to be
visited that are elaborated on tour packages of travel agencies pertain to the
Destination. In some cases, travelers make adjustments or cancellation of
their travel plans because of various factors that you will learn in this lesson.
Travel Motivators
Travel motivators are factors that invite or push a person to travel. If
your boss decides to schedule company meeting in a prestigious hotel in
Cebu, the call of your duty as employee is your motivator. Other travel
motivators are related to:
109
1. Physical
This describes motivations that have direct effect on travelers‘
physical body and is associated to relaxation and stress releasing; on the way
they feel, see, hear, smell, and taste. Mountaineers visit places with exciting
mountain trails and overviewing sceneries such as such as Mt. Pulag in
Luzon and Mt. Apo in Mindanao.
2. Cultural
This is a type of motivator related to discovering other people‘s
tradition, history, and way of life. Many feel excited about the Sinulog festival
of Cebu City or visit native restaurants in the ―culinary capital of the
Philippines‖ Pampanga to meet, explore, and share cultures with people.
3. Interpersonal
It is somehow connected to Cultural motives since both deals with
meeting people. This motivator however is more of personal fulfillment upon
making new friends and keeping the old ones which is often neglected or
forgotten as we grow old like own childhood playmates, cousins and relatives.
Apart from home, rejoice in the memories of old times and escape from rigid
routines of the current life.
4. Status and Prestige

This motivates travelers to achieve a better outlook in life through
achievements, distinguished social status and recognitions they receive from
people in the visited place. The capability of a person to travel places
especially for leisure somehow connotes richness, good education and
pleasant quality of life from the point of view of natives; and therefore, they
often treat visitors with respect and hospitality because of such impression.
110
Travel De-motivators
This describes a situation, condition, and matters that may bring
changes or lead to cancellation of an agreed travel deal with the travel
agency. Such incident often results to frustration on the part of the traveler
since that original motive to pursue is blocked. There are various factors that
de-motivate travelers, these include:
1. Cost of Travel
Money is the most powerful motivating and de-motivating effect
among consumers. The family normally allocates their funds first for availing
the basic needs such as food, house rental, and clothes; while leisure
activities like traveling is only secondary in priority and only if there are still
sufficient funds available. As a form of motivation for travelers, travel-related
businesses regularly release discounted fare promos only for particular
periods of time such as the PisoFare and other Airline Promos. But in time of
insufficiency, families still prefer to remain in their houses than traveling to get
rid of expenses unless they are pushed by unavoidable motives.
2. Lack of Time
Company employees who have regular whole day work schedules
and only rest once a week will surely find it hard to book for a two-days-one-
night travel tour due to busy schedule.
3. Health
In some cases, it is not advisable for people suffering in sickness to
travel due to complications that they might get from the stressful trip,
discomfort of being seated for a long time and sensitivity of their wounds to
exposed environment.
111
4. Family Stage
There are conditions in the family that might affect in their desire to
travel. For example, if some family members will not be present during the
slated time of the trip because of their commitment and activities in school or
office, vacation plans will probably be postponed. Big families will limit the
instances of traveling to avoid certain inconvenience which they may get from
hard to manage children and expensive travel fares.
5. Lack of Interest
People sometimes decline opportunities for traveling if they do not
anymore feel the thrill and excitement in discovering places and people.
Some factors may be: they have already been in the place and not expecting
any difference anymore; lack of public information about the destination, and
others.
6. Fear and Safety

Some have fears in traveling because of traumatic experiences in
their childhood, and the bad impressions that public media unintentionally
create in the mind of the travelers.
Types of Travel Market

Generally, there are two types of travelers based on the purpose of
their visit to destinations.
1. Leisure Travelers – They are tourists looking for great opportunities to

relax, discover new things, and meet with people. Leisure travelers are
looking for exciting outdoor travel packages where they can experience
remarkable adventures.
2. Business Traveler – These are people engaged in traveling for corporate

engagements such as conferences, meetings, and conventions. Since most
of their activities are done indoor, travel products must offer a satisfying
lodging experience for guests.
112
Market variables
There are three (3) identified variables related to the traveler‘s
individual differences that cause the travel market to divide into distinct
groups, namely:
1. Socio-Economic and Demographics Variables

These are factors affecting the human social processes and
population characteristics in relation to travel and tourism tendencies. Some
of the aspects include:
 Age - As people grow older, the desires and activities are gradually
reduced to a more tranquil and relaxing recreational activities. On the
other hand, the younger generation is adventurous and feels excited
about every new thing that travel destinations may reveal to them.
 Gender - Males are essentially active and involve in various extreme

activities that can test their tolerance and strength such as mountain
climbing, sky diving, water surfing, and more. Females are typically
sentimental and loud as compared to males. They need travel
destinations that can satisfy their expressive side such as theme parks,
beach resorts, shopping centers, and other places where they can
enjoy lighter activities and have a relaxing mood.
 Civil Status – Clients who are not yet establishing their own family
has the greater tendency to avail of travel products and services since
they have lesser family-related responsibilities as compared to those
already married. However, it is also the family that drives individuals to
travel especially for parents who wish to build strong bonding among
their children and let their children experience learning which becomes
even more memorable when they are together with their love ones.
 Education - Customers with better educational attainment are often

well-off compared to those who are less educated. It is easier for
people who graduated from college to land a professional work with
highly satisfying compensation that will eventually improve his/her
socio-economic status. Aside from having a strong capacity to avail of
travel products and services, well-educated clients have better
understanding of different travel and tourism policies and therefore
require lesser briefing than the average clients.
113
2. Product-Related Variables
These are factors related to the desirability of the travel products
offered by the travel agency towards their clients. Travel products are
matched according to various aspects that can satisfy every client‘s
requirements such as:
 Length of stay – whether same-day visit, overnight, or longer stay for
couple of days. Appropriate length of stay must be set according to the
destination or activities. Perhaps, a one-night stay in a resort or beach
will not be enough for relaxation, nor will a whole week visit to a theme
park or animal zoo. It is quite a long time for travelers who wish to just
view its major attractions.
 Purpose of visit – travel package should satisfy clients‘ needs for

travel whether intended for corporate activities or for leisure.
 Distance Traveled – Travelers with limited time to spend must be

presented with travel destinations and activities that will not require
longer time upon moving from one place to another.
 Mode of Transportation – Means of moving to places must be
suitable for passengers. Perhaps, children might not be comfortable in
traveling by sea; or a wealthy passenger might want a first class seat
in his flight.
 Tourism Accommodation – whether tourists want an exclusively

luxurious tourism accommodation or a simply collective or regular
accommodation services given by tourism establishments.
 Financial Requirement – Are there travel packages that can still

satisfy the client‘s needs in spite of the declared budget requirement?
3. Psychographic Variables
The study of psychographics deals with human personality, values,
attitudes, interests, and lifestyles. Abraham Maslow in his ―Hierarchy of
Needs‖ explained that people are motivated to achieve certain needs. When
one need is fulfilled, a person seeks to fulfill the next one, and so on.
Therefore, the following needs of man for travel must be satisfied:
 Physiological
The need to escape from the everyday work environment,
relaxation, relief from tension, and stress
114
 Safety
The need to have a sense of wellbeing, health, and recreation
 Belonging
The need for family bonding, companionship, social interaction,
personal and family ties
 Esteem
The need for prestige, social recognition, ego-enhancement,
personality development
 Cognitive
The need for cultural, educational, and interest resulting to
learning
 Aesthetics
The need for appreciation of environment, scenery, arts and
sciences
A. CLASSIFICATION
Direction: Decide whether the following word/phrase belong to
Travel Motivator or De-Motivator. Write your answer on the appropriate
column.
1. Travel fare discounts and promos
2. Sudden death of an immediate relative in the province
3. Spare budget from family income
4. Expensive travel fare
5. Busy work schedules
6. Slated company meetings in a beach resort
7. Ineffective travel campaigns
8. Sponsored seminars and conventions
9. Festivals and cultural events
10. Health problems
Travel Motivators Travel De-Motivators
115
B. IDENTIFICATION
Direction: Determine what factors affect the travel market are being
described below; whether Socio-Economic, Product-Related, or
Psychographic. Write your answer on the space provided.
______________ 1. Civil Status
_______________2. Family bonding
_______________3. Business Travel Deals
_______________4.First class passenger seat
_______________5. Number of Dependents
_______________6. Appreciation of Historical Landmarks
_______________7. Discounted Travel Fare
_______________8. Educational Attainment
_______________9. Social Recognition
_______________10. Number of hours spend in traveling
C. ESSAY
Direction: Explain the following questions in a clean sheet of paper.
1. How do people benefit from traveling to different places?

2. What is the role of a travel agency in setting the mood of a traveler upon
decision making?
3. How do travel agency benefit from understanding clients behavior and
preference?

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
116
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 Discuss the Types of Tourism
Outcome
Objectives
1. know the Philippine national regions and their provinces;

2. locate the major Philippine cities and describe tourist
attractions; and
3. identify attractions that falls under the category of each
type of tourism.
According to the Department of Tourism, tourist visitors that arrived in

the Philippines in 2013 reached a total of 4,681,307 which is 9.56% higher
compared to 2012 with a total 4,272,811. Such significant increase is a good
manifestation of effective tourism campaign through the joint effort of the
government and private sector. For that particular year, the Philippines gained
estimated total revenue of 186.15 billion pesos, up by 15.1% from last year.
Uplifting the credibility of the entire country‘s tourism is indeed a tough

responsibility. But then, as what they always say, ―Success is not build within
the night‖; it has to undergo with the long process of trials and error. One
concrete example is the Department of Tourism‘s campaign slogan which is
―It‘s More Fun in the Philippines‖; more than the tagline, government tourism
agencies have to ensure that the Philippines is capable of offering superb
tourism experience to tourists from different parts of the world. If this is not
realized through policy implementation and search for potential travel
destinations, success will not be possible.
Specifically, there are various types of tourism attractions that the

country can offer to the world and will surely fit to the needs of leisure
travelers.
1. Historical Tourism – The Philippines is a land of heroes, nationalists, and

artists that can be observed through many monuments, historical landmarks,
museums, churches, and old establishments.
Tourism attractions related to our rich history are mainly being cared
by the National Historical Commission of the Philippines (NHCP). Some of the
historical tourism attractions in the country are:
117
Las Piñas Church Cape Engaño Lighthouse College of San Juan de Letran
- Ayala y Compañia (Makati City, NCR)

- Las Piñas Church (Las Piñas City, NCR)
- Nakpil-Bautista Ancestral House (Quiapo, Manila, NCR)
- College of San Juan de Letran (Intramuros, Manila, NCR)
- Ruins of the Catholic Church of Dingras (Region I)
- Cape Engaño Lighthouse (Palaui Island, Region II)
- Church of Barosoain (Bulacan, Region III)
- House of Apacible (Batangas, Region IV-A)
- Freedom Park (Marinduque, Region IV-B)
- The Escuela Pia of Priteo Diaz (Sorsogon, Region V)
- Hechanova House (Iloilo, Region VI)
- Santa Cruz Fort (Bohol, Region VII)
- Palo Hospital (Leyte, Region VIII)
- The Royal House (Zamboanga del Norte, Region IX)
- Fort of Concepcion y del Triunfo (Misamis Occidental, Region X)
- Caraga Church (Davao Oriental, Region XI)
- Immaculate Concepcion Church of Tamontaka (Cotabato City,
Region XII)
- Former Site of Philippine Military Academy (Benguet, CAR)
- Sheik Makdum Mosque (Tawi-Tawi, ARMM)
2. Cultural Tourism – It involves the immersion of tourists in the way of life of

the locals, discovering their heritage and traditions, tasting their foods,
celebrating in their events, and appreciating the local products. Some
examples of cultural tourism are:
118
Parraw Regatta Pahiyas Sa Quezon Maskara Festival
- Dinagyang (Iloilo) - It is a colorful whirl of thousands of people

dressed in unique costumes dancing and chanting all day and night.
- Zambulawan (Pagadian City, Zamboanga del Sur) - The founding
of Pagadian City showcases the Subanon tribe's rich cultural heritage by way
of songs, dances and exhibits of musical instruments.
- Parraw Regatta (Iloilo City) - An exciting boat race among native
outriggers in the strait between Guimaras Island and Iloilo City.
- Pak'kaat Kallo (Magpet, Cotabato) - An annual feast of the
Manobo tribal community of Magpet in celebration of a bountiful harvest.
- Lamilamihan Festival (Lamitan, Basilan) - A yearly festival
coinciding with the founding of Lamitan Municipality; it showcases the
traditional Yakan customs and traditions, music and dances, and traditional
crafts.
- Pista'y Dayat (Lingayen, Pangasinan) - A day of thanksgiving for
bountiful harvests and abundant fishing observed all over Pangasinan with
the traditional mass offering on beautiful beaches and fluvial parade.
- Pahiyas sa Quezon (Lucban, Tayabas, Quezon) - Homes are
decked with kiping (multi-colored paper thin, leaf-shaped rice kropeck) and
harvested vegetables; trade fair; civic parades, procession and other
activities.
- Pintados Festival (Tacloban City) - Street pageantry and contest
focusing on the Leyteños' old custom of tattooing that signifies courage and
status in the community.
- Lemlunay-T'Boli Tribal Festival (Lake Sebu) - An annual authentic
T'boli tribal festival staged at Lake Sebu. It features tribal rituals that start at
early dawn amidst the sounds of gongs and native music, culminating at the
town plaza where cultural dances and ethnic sports like horsefight are held.
- Maskara Festival (Bacolod City, Negros Occidental) - The
biggest annual event that reflects the Bacoleños love for fun and gaiety.
Coinciding with Bacolod City's charter day celebration, the festival features
sports competitions, cultural programs, carnivals, beauty contests and a long
Mardi grass-style costumed and masked street dancers.
119
- Ibalong Festival (Legaspi City) - A celebration depicting Bicol's

early beginnings as portrayed in the "Ibalong" epic that tells of super heroes
Handiong, Batlog and Oryol, and villains and wild animals that roamed in
ancient times. In music and dances, revelers parade on the main streets
wearing masks of these heroes and villains. Festival activities include tours,
trade fairs, exhibits and beauty pageants.
- Pagdidiwata (Puerto Princessa, Palawan) - A thanksgiving
celebration by the Tagbanua natives of Palawan expressed in ritual dances
and food offerings to their deities and souls of departed kin
3. Religious Tourism – More than visiting temples and churches, tourists

share faith and devolution together with the locals in glorifying the Almighty
Creator through participating in their prayers, processions, biblical
dramatizations, singing and dancing. Here are some activities signifying the
religious tourism:
Via Crusis Ati-Atihan Feast of Black Nazarene
- Obando Fertility Rites (Obando, Bulacan) - Childless couples,

thankful parents, grateful farmers and fishermen dance along the streets
together with colorfully costumed women to pray for children and a good
harvest.
- Antipolo Pilgrimage (Antipolo, Rizal) - A month-long celebration
that brings devotees and pilgrims to venerate the Our Lady of Peace and
Good Voyage enshrined in Antipolo Church and afterwards, picnic to nearby
Hinulugang Taktak.
- Pulilan Carabao (Pulilan, Bulacan) - Hundreds of festively adorned
carabaos are paraded by their farmer-owners on the street leading to the
church; there, they are made to kneel down to pay homage to San Isidro de
Labrado, the patron saint of farmers.
- Manaoag Pilgrimage (Pangasinan) - Annual pilgrimage to the
Shrine of Our Lady of Manaoag. Known to local pilgrims/tourists as
miraculous, the Virgin's image has become one of Manaoag's main
attractions. Pilgrims' vehicles are blessed every Saturday.
120
- Turumba (Pakil, Laguna) - A procession of the centuries-old image

of the Virgin Mary through the streets, singing and dancing to the Turumba.
- Ang Pagtaltal sa Guimaras (Jordan, Guimaras) - Lenten
presentation on the hillside of Jordan with locals as actors. This ala-
Oberrammergou event has been attracting hundreds of foreign and domestic
tourists. Local devotees' visit usually culminates in the trek to "Balaan Bukid"
or Holy Mountain where a huge cross is planted by the chapel overlooking
Guimaras Strait and Iloilo City.
- Eid-El-Fit’r Muslim Festival- A worldwide Muslim festival
celebrating the end of the month-long fasting period of the Holy Month of
Ramadan.
- Via Crusis (Cebu City) - A lenten activity where devotees from Cebu
City and its neighboring cities and towns do their penitential procession of the
Stations of the Cross built on 12 hectares of rolling hills. The life-size statues
of the 14 Stations of the Cross have been patterned after the Way of the
Cross in Lourdes, France.
- Feast of Our Lady of Candles (Jara, Iloilo City) - The blessing of
candles and the yearly procession of the patroness, the Nuestra Señora de
Candelaria is followed by the fiesta queen and her court which highlights the
celebration.
- Feast of the Black Nazarene (Quiapo, Manila) - This festival
centers on the image of the Black Nazarene which was transported by
galleon from Mexico to Manila in the 17th century.
- Ati-Atihan (Kalibo, Aklan) – It is a celebration in honor of the Sto.
Niño. Revelers don colorful costumes and paint their bodies black and dance
to the distinctive beat of "Hala bira!" around the town.
4. Adventure Tourism – This pertains to tourism attractions that invite

tourists looking for extreme activities that will test their endurance and
strength. Tourism activities under this group are:
Water Rafting Hot Air Ballooning Rock Climbing
121
- Sky Diving (Tanauan, Batangas)

- Hot air Ballooning (Clark Field, Pampanga)
- Mountain Biking (San Mateo, Rizal; Santa Rosa, Laguna; Sagada;
Loboc, Bohol)
- Rock Climbing (Montalban, Rizal; Atimonan, Quezon; El Nido and
Coron, Palawan)
- Trekking (Mount Pulag in Luzon; Mount Apo in Mindanao; Mount
Pinatubo in Pampanga)
- Cave Exploration (Sagada and Palawan)
- Sea Kayaking (Palawan, Subic Bay, Boracay)
- Scuba Diving (Anilao, Batangas; Puerto Galera, Mindoro; Balicasag
Island, Bohol; Tubbataha Reef, Puerto Princesa)
- Water Rafting (Coron, Palawan; Chico River in the Cordillera
Mountains; Cagayan De Oro River)
- Surfing (La Union, Zambales, Leyte, Surigao)
5. Environmental or Eco-Tourism – Nothing really beats the beauty of

nature. In fact, this is the best place to go when you want to feel wellness,
relaxation, and freedom from all sorts of worries. Tourists engaged in eco-
tourism normally enjoy sightseeing, interacting with ethnic groups of the place
and experiencing their means of survival in their everyday dealings with
nature as their habitat. Here are some recommended places for you to visit:
Chocolate Hills Tubbataha Reef Cordillera Rice Terraces
- Agusan Marsh in Mindanao

- Batanes Islands
- Chocolate Hills in Bohol
- Cordillera Rice Terraces
- Donsol Whale Shark Interaction
- Hundred Islands National Park
- Mount Bulusan National Park
- Puerto Princesa Subterranean River
- Tubbataha Reef National Marine Park
122
- Taal Volcano in Tagaytay City

- Siargao Island
6. Culinary Tourism – This is the best recreational activity for tourists with
big appetite in tasting native delicacies and good learning experience for
aspiring chefs. Culinary tourism may be defined as a combined passion for
traveling and eating. While your mind is being fed with facts, history and rich
culture of the place, you also have the chance to literally taste the native
cuisines. Some of the treasured delicacies that keep tourists from going back
on the place it is originated are:
Sisig Batchoy Pancit Malabon
- Curacha or steamed sea crab (Zamboanga)

- Inasal na manok (Negros)
- Kaldereta (Luzon)
- Kinunot or shredded meat of stingray cooked in
coconut milk (Bicol)
- Laing (Bicol)
- Sisig (Pampanga)
- Batchoy (Iloilo)
- Dinengdeng (Ilocos)
- Sinanglaw (Ilocos)
- Pancit Tuguegarao (Cagayan)
- Pancit Malabon (Tagalog)
- Pinakbet (Ilocos)
- Biskotso (Iloilo)
- Rosquillos (Cebu)
- Barquillos (Negros Occidental)
- Belekoy (Bulacan)
- Espasol (Laguna)
- Piaya (Negros Occidental)
123
7. Medical Tourism – This involves the provision for effective medical

facilities in the country that leads the local and foreign visitors of availing
health care services such as medical diagnostics, surgery, therapy, weight
loss programs, and more.
St. Lukes Medical Center Makati Medical Center
Then, after the stressful treatment, patients may decide to visit some
tourist attractions near the place to make way for enjoyment. Here are some
of the world class medical facilities in the country:
- St. Luke‘s Medical Center
- Makati Medical Center
- Manila Doctor Hospital
- Metropolitan Medical Center
- University of Perpetual Help Dalta Medical Center
- World Citi Medical Center
- Manila Philippine Orthopedic Institute
- Institut Santre NuHart Hair Clinic
- Instituto Estetico Manila Enhance Cosmetic Surgery and Skin Care
Center
- Beverly Hills 6750 Cosmetic Surgery and Skin Institute
- Eye Republic Ophthalmology Clinic
8. Recreational Tourism – These pertain to attractions that visitors can enjoy

to relax, bond with the family members and friends during their leisure time
which includes national parks, amusement parks, zoo, theme parks, botanical
garden, resorts and beaches, concert hall, coliseum, shopping malls, sports
centers, theaters and movie houses, and others. Some of the recommended
attractions to visit are:
124
Enchanted Kingdom Manila Ocean Park Sky Ranch
- Enchanted Kingdom (Laguna)

- Star City (Manila)
- Ocean Adventure (Subic, Zambales)
- Quezon City Memorial Circle
- Rizal Park (Manila)
- Colon Street (Cebu City)
- Manila Ocean Park (Manila)
- Araneta Shopping Complex (Cubao)
- Burnham Park (Baguio City)
- Sky Ranch (Tagaytay City)
- Fantasy World (Batangas)
Tourism Facilities For Business Travelers

Unlike leisure travelers, these visitors are engaged in traveling mainly
for corporate purposes, and sometimes also for some short leisure. Their
activities are done indoor that needs to be conducive for them to become
productive in doing their work. Lodging establishments should provide
facilities that are essential in performing office tasks such as DLP projector,
telephone, office table and chairs, fax machine, photocopier, computers and
printer. Some tourism establishments that can provide such services are
hotels, resorts, and convention centers.
125
A. MIX AND MATCH

Direction: Write the following tourist attractions according to its
appropriate classification.
1. Cave Exploration
2. Bacolod Inasal
3. Fantasy World
4. Institut Santre NuHart Hair Clinic
5. Parraw Regatta
6. Cape Engaño Light House
7. Tubbataha Reef National Marine Park
8. Mascara Festival
9. Via Crusis
10. Dinengdeng
11. Santa Cruz Fort
12. Eye Republic Ophthalmology Clinic
13. Sea Kayaking
14. Pulilan Carabao
15. Hundred Islands National Park
16. Sky Ranch
17. Hechanova Ancestral House
18. Chocolate Hills in Bohol
19. Manila Philippine Orthopedic
Institute
20. Enchanted Kingdom
21. Pintados Festival
22. Feast of Black Nazarene
23. Pahiyas sa Quezon
24. Pancit Tuguegarao
25. Mountain Biking
126
Historical Cultural Religious

______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
Adventure Environmental Culinary

______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
______________ ______________ ______________
Medical Recreational
______________ ______________
______________ ______________
______________ ______________
______________ ______________
______________ ______________
______________ ______________
______________ ______________
______________ ______________
______________ ______________
127
B. ESSAY
Direction: Answer the following questions in a clean sheet of paper.
1. What is the difference between travel packages offered for leisure travelers
and business travelers?
2. Why is it important to determine the kind of tourism that can be offered in

different places?
3. As leisure traveler, how does your interest affect your decision to choose
the right travel destination?

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
Learning Outcome 3 Assess and Match Travel Destination

Suitable for Travelers
Objectives
1. know the criteria for assessing destination traits and

attractions;
2. apply the criteria to assess a specific destination traits

and attractions; and
3. evaluate the desirability of the travel destination.
After a long travel adventure, it became a habit to everyone of us to

talk about the experiences that we had along the journey; some often do this
while sitting on a sofa together with friends sipping a cup of coffee. Actually,
the conversation is not only about the attractions in the place, but also on
what you observed, performed, and enjoyed along the trip. After all, industries
believe that the best form of advertisement is the ―word-of-mouth‖ or personal
128
referrals. What people say about your business and the products and
services it offer matters a lot. As you satisfy every customer, they will never
stop talking about it until almost everybody knows about the good news that
you have a business that is one of a kind.
Setting good impression about the characteristics of the destination or
place to be visited significantly affects the decision of the visitors to pursue
their travel.
Prior to a traveler‘s visit, one must consider first some factors that may
bring fulfillment or struggle on the endeavor such as:
1. Transportation – Is the place accessible enough to all modes of

transportation whether by air, land, or sea? Is the distance from one
destination to another not consume much of your time? Is it safe enough to
move to different places? How much budget will be allocated for traveling?
2. Infrastructure – How well is the development in the place in terms
of street and road conditions, state of airports and piers, and stability of
buildings and establishments? Does the place address the traveler‘s need for
water, electricity, communications and sewage?
3. Attraction – How desirable is the travel package in terms of
inclusive attractions in every destination? How much will it cost to avail the
travel product? Are there discounts and promos? Are there restrictions to be
observed?
4. Hospitality – How accommodating are the service staffs in the
establishment? Does the tour cater for exclusive or general public services?
Are the establishments generous enough to let tourists use all their facilities
and amenities?
129
Matching Markets with Destinations
In the previous quarter, it was explained that travel products offered

by a travel agency must match according to the client‘s declared budget
requirement. Unconsciously, a travelers‘ buying capability have lot of
influence on their decision-making; whether to pursue certain travel activities
or not during their stay. Perhaps, if there is a zipline facility in a theme park
visited, some travelers might not take the chance to try this if it requires
separate fare from the tour package. Tourists might enjoy sightseeing, sun
bathing, and swimming activities in the beach rather than availing an extra
ride in the banana boat for it means additional expense on the budget.
Therefore, travelers are looking at travel products that include all activities
that they need without incurring extra cost from their limited budget.
A traveler can be categorized into three (3) types based on their

buying capacity and attitude towards travel.
1. Budget Traveler – One who travels without a stable source of income or

merely relies on his/her parents‘ income such as students and free lancers.
His/her cash on hand is usually accumulated savings from daily allowances or
excess from earned income after deducting the basic expenses; that is why,
he/she seeks for services that can give best value for the money. He/She
may travel either in a group or as an individual. Economy is the major
consideration than quality of service provided to him/her.
2. Regular Traveler – One who is an average earner with stable job but with
limited time for traveling since he/she is holding vital responsibilities in the
workplace and just chooses to travel shortly to escape from the stressful
routine. He/She has the tendency to travel in group together with office
mates, family, or as an individual. He/She also seeks for the best value for
money and considers comfort in his/her stay but does not deem it essential.
3. High-End Traveler – This type of traveler already has a stable economic

status and luxury of material resources; usually retiree or owner of his/her
established business. He/She either travels together with love ones or friends,
often sometimes at his/her own expense. He/She is willing to pay more as
long as the best travel service will be given to him/her. This visitor always
demand for quality than economy.
130
Destination Evaluation
As you are done with all the enjoyment and tiring activities, it is about
time for you to evaluate the quality of service offered in the travel. To help you
decide on this aspect, here are some key indicators for you to review.
1. Accessibility – Were there any distractions that led you to consume longer
time in moving from one place to another like traffic or road constructions?
Are there available transport facilities in the place for the entire day?
2. Comfort and Convenience – Did the local staffs and private personnel of
establishments assist you willingly? Did the travel establishment provide all
basic the needs of guests in terms of appetizing food, conducive/comfortable
lodging facilities, fast internet and phone connections, sponsored personal
necessities like toothbrush, bath soap, towel, etc.?
3. Education and Entertainment – Did you learn new things from your
travel? Did these experiences bring you fulfillment, relaxation, and delight?
4. Service, Safety and Security – Did the trip met your expectation as
leisure/business traveler? Did you feel the safety and belongingness in the
places you visited?
A. Fill in the Box

Direction: Below are guiding questions that describe the key
indicators in assessing and evaluating travel characteristics. Identify each of
them by writing your answer in the boxes provided.
1. Does the place address the traveler‘s need for water, electricity,
communications and sewage?
2. Did the trip meet your expectation as a leisure/business traveler?
3. Were there any distractions that led you to consume a longer time in
moving from one place to another like traffic or road constructions?
131
4. How desirable is the travel package in terms of inclusive activities in every

destination?
5. Did the local staff and private personnel of establishments assist you
willingly?
6. How accommodating are the service staffs in the establishment?
7. Did you learn new things from your travel?
8. Is the distance from one destination to another not consume much of your
time?
9. Did these experiences bring you fulfillment, relaxation, and delight?
10. Did you feel the safety and belongingness in the places you visited?
B. QUICKWRITE
Budget Traveler Regular Traveler
______________________ ______________________
______________________ ______________________
______________________ ______________________
______________________ ______________________
______________________ ______________________
______________________ ______________________
High-End Traveler
______________________ ______________________
Types of Traveler
______________________ ______________________
______________________
___________________ ___________________
______________________
______________________
______________________
______________________ 132
______________________
______________________
______________________
Icon for Learning Outcome 4 Read and Interpret the Map

Learning
Outcome
Objectives
1. know how to read and interpret a map;

2. understand basic principles of geography through
distinguishing different land forms and bodies of water;
and
3. explain the different types of map and its uses.
Map is an essential guide for travelers in determining the exact

location of the place they are not familiar with especially for tourists visiting
out of the country destinations. Although maps are graphical illustrations of
the lands and bodies of water, many have difficulty in using them because of
various symbols, lines, colors and other indicators which are not known to
many. Before you become proficient in reading maps, it is a must to first
identify the different lines, symbols, color and details that you can found in a
map.
133
Parts of the Map
1. Title – This label gives you the idea about the purpose and type of
information that the map tries to show.
2. Compass Rose – It is usually a circular guide for

directions located at the corner of the map. Aside from
indicating the upward location of the map, it also describes
the main (east, west, north, south) and the intermediary
(northeast, northwest, southeast, southwest) directions
toward all locations.
3. Labels – It details the different items that can be seen in the areas of the
map like the names countries and capital cities, famous landmarks, names of
bodies of water, and others.
4. Legend/Key – This is usually enclosed in a box

and situated at the side of the map. It defines all
symbols, colors and other markings used in the map.
5. Scale – It describes the ratio between the length of

the map as compared to the real unit distance of lands
and bodies of water on earth. For example, one
centimeter of map area is equivalent to 500 miles of its
actual land mass.
6. Symbols – These are graphical representations of

different items that can be found in the map locations
such as mountains, rivers, capital cities, natural
resources, and economic activities.
7. Longitudes or Meridians - These are imaginary lines drawn from North to

South Pole of the earth equidistant to one another.
- Prime Meridian – It is the first longitude (0 degree) that passes

through Greenwich of London.
- International Date Line – It is the last meridian where the +180
degrees and -180 degrees meet.
134
8. Altitudes – These describe the imaginary horizontal lines that runs from
east to west of the map. Some other important lines that runs through the
Altitudes are:
- Equator – the imaginary line situated at the middle of the earth
- Tropics of Cancer – the imaginary line 23 degrees north of the
Equator
- Tropic of Capricorn – the imaginary line 23 degrees south of the
Equator
- Arctic Circle – the imaginary line that surrounds the North Pole
where the Arctic is located.
- Antarctic Circle – the imaginary line that surrounds the South Pole
where the Antarctic is located.
9. Absolute and Relative Location – The absolute location pertains to the

place on earth that fall exactly at the point where the altitude and longitude
meets; whereas, relative location describes any place surrounding the altitude
and longitude.
10. Inset Map – This pertains to a larger scale

representation of a portion of the map and is usually
projected on the uncluttered side of the map.
11. Locator Map – It shows the highlighted area of

land and its location into the context of the globe.
Land Forms
Continent – a huge connected bodies of land

Island – a mass of land surrounded by water
Archipelago – islands surrounded by water
Isthmus – a narrow strip of land between two large bodies of water
Peninsula – large projection of land into water
Plateau – an elevated land mass with flat surface on its crest
Cape – a projection of land into water
Mountain – an elevated land mass that is peaked
Elevation – the height of land above sea level
Volcano – a land mass the same with mountain but emits lava and other
materials when active
135
Bodies of Water
Ocean – the largest body of water that makes up 2/3 of the earth‘s surface.
The different oceans that surround the earth are the Pacific, Atlantic, Indian,
and Arctic.
Sea – second to the largest body of water. Some of which are the Black Sea,
Dead Sea, and Caspian Sea
Gulf – a large body of water that extends beyond into land
Bay – a smaller body of water than the Gulf that protrudes into land
Lake – a body of water surrounded by land
Strait – the water passage between lands
Fjords – narrow inlets of sea between steep slopes
Types of Maps
Maps vary depending on the details and purpose it is intended. Here
are some of the common types of maps to be remembered:
1. Physical Map – It identifies all landforms and bodies of water that can be
found in different parts of the earth.
2. Topography Map – It is somewhat similar to the Physical Map for showing
different landforms and bodies of water; but instead of colors, contour lines
are used to illustrate the elevation and changes in the landscape of the earth
features.
3. Thematic Map – More than the usual details of lands and bodies of water,
it also includes some additional information for the convenience of travelers
such as climatic condition in the place, population density, economic activity,
historical trends, and political boundaries.
4. Political Map – This map is intended to describe the state and national
boundaries of places.
5. Climate Map – This describes the kind of climate that can be expected by
travelers in the place of visit. Climatic zones are scientifically determined
through measuring the amount of temperature, rainfall or snow, humidity,
number of cloudy days and other conditions in the place.
6. Economic or Resource Map – It determines the presence of natural
resources in the area which are marked with specific colors and symbols in
the Legend.
7. Road Map – It is the most common type of map that is widely used by
travelers. This specifies the major highways and roads in the area that
travelers may tract to arrive at the desired destination.
136
A. MATCHING TYPE
Directions: Match the definitions in Column A with its corresponding
term in Column B. Write your answer on your answer sheet.
Column A Column B
Definition Term
______1. The map that determines the presence
of natural resources in the area A. Equator
B. Map Locator
______2. A body of water surrounded by land
______3. The imaginary line situated at the middle C. Climate map
of the earth
______4. The map intended to describe the state D. Political map
and national boundaries of places.
E. Longitude
______5. A narrow strip of land between two large
bodies of water F. Scale
______6. The map that illustrates the elevation and G. Economic map
changes in the landscape of earth features
through contour lines H. Isthmus
______7. The imaginary lines drawn from North to I. Legend

South Pole of the earth
J. Topography map
______8. It shows the highlighted area of land and
its location into the context of the globe. K. Lake
______9. It describes the ratio between the lengths

of the map as compared to the real unit
distance of lands and bodies of water on earth.
______10. It defines all symbols, colors and other

markings used in the map.
137
B. QUICKWRITE
Direction: Shortly explain the difference between the two given
terms below.
Altitude Longitude
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
Physical Map Topography Map

_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
Absolute Location Relative Location

_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
Island Archipelago
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
Inset map Locator map

_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
_________________________ _________________________
SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE QUICKWRITE

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
138
Learning Outcome 5 Recognize Famous Tourist

Destinations in the World
Objectives
1. identify the International Air Transportation Association

(IATA) areas;
2. describe political boundaries and topography in each
IATA area of operation; and
3. locate countries and cities and describe the tourist
attractions.
The International Air Transportation Association (IATA) is the trade

association that formulates industry policy and standards to ensure safety,
security, work simplification of the airline operations across the globe. The
headquarters of IATA is situated in Montreal, Canada. It represents around
240 airlines or more than 84% of the total air traffic.
In order to employ effective supervision of airline industries and better

understand the expanse of locations worldwide, IATA identified three (3)
areas of operations:
Area I – It is composed of all the North and South American Continent and
the adjacent islands, Greenland, Bermuda, the West Indies and the islands of
the Caribbean Sea, the Hawaiian Islands.
 North America is a continent entirely within the Northern Hemisphere

and almost within the Western Hemisphere. It is approximately at 15
degrees north of the globe and expands northward from the Tropic of
Cancer. It covers an area of about 24,709,000 square kilometers
(9,540,000 square miles), or about 4.8% of the planet‘s surface. Most
of the continent‘s land area is dominated by Canada, the United States
of America, and Mexico.
The United States of America earned $126.2 billion in 2012 and
became the top International Tourism Receipt for said year.
139
Some of best tourist attractions in North America that must be

visited are:
Niagara Falls Washington, D.C. Cape Cod, Massachusetts
o Cape Cod, Massachusetts, United States of America

o Washington, DC, United States of America
o Niagara Falls, Ontario, Canada
o Banff National Park, Alberta, Canada
o Lassen Volcanic National Park, California, USA
o Walts Disney World, Florida, United States of America
o Whistler, British Columbia, Canada
o Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, United States of America
 South America is the next sub-continent of Americas situated in the
Western Hemisphere, mostly in the Southern Hemisphere, with a
relatively small portion in Northern Hemisphere. It has a land area of
17,840,000 square kilometers (6,890,000 square miles). It is bordered
by two big bodies of water: the Pacific Ocean in the west and Atlantic
Ocean towards North-East. It is composed of twelve sovereign states
namely: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Ecuador, Guyana,
Paraguay, Peru, Suriname, Uruguay, and Venezuela; as well as the
two non-sovereign areas, the French Guiana and Falkland Island.
South America is also one of the world‘s best tourist destinations.
Some of the tourist attractions that may be visited by travelers are:
Machu Picchu Angel Falls Rio de Janeiro
o Machu Picchu, Peru

o Amazonia, Ecuador
o Angel Falls, Venezuela
140
o Torres del Paine, Chile

o Salar de Uyuni, Bolivia
o San Pedro de Atacama, Chile
o Galapagos Island, Ecuador
o Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
o Buenos Aires, Argentina
 Central America has a land area of 524,000 square kilometer
(202,000 square miles). It is the center of the Americas connected to
the South America on the southeast and isthmian portion of the North
America. There are seven countries that cover the Central America
areas namely: Belize, Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras,
Nicaragua, and Panama. Some of the well-known tourist attractions in
Central America are:
Lago de Atitlán Panama City Isla de Ometepe
o Lago de Atitlán, Guatemala

o The Hummingbird Highway, Belize
o Bay Islands, Honduras
o Isla de Ometepe, Nicaragua
o Monteverde & Santa Elena, Costa Rica
o Panama City
o Arenal Route, Costa Rica
o Ruta de Las Flores, El Salvador
According to the United Nations World Tourism Organization
(UNWTO), over 163.1 million international tourist arrived at various regions of
the Americas in 2012. This is 4.6% higher compared to in 2011. In fact, the
North America ranked second as the most visited Continent for that particular
year.
Area II – It comprises all of Europe; including the European part of the

Russian Federation and the adjacent islands, Iceland, the Azores, all of Africa
and adjacent islands, Ascension Island, that part of Asia lying west and
including Islamic Republic of Iran.
141
 Europe – is the second to the smallest continent with a surface area

of about 10,180,000 square kilometers (3,930,000 square miles). With
approximately 50 countries in the continent, Russia covers the largest
land area, while the Vatican City is the smallest. Europe is the third
with the largest population next to Asia and Africa. According to
UNWTO, France is the most visited country in the world with recorded
international tourist arrivals of 83.0 million in 2012, and 81.6 million in
2011 or an increase of 1.8%; while Spain is second as top earner in
the Tourism Industry for the respective year. Here are some other
recommended tourists attractions in Europe:
London, England Paris,France Rome, Italy
o London. England
o Paris, France
o Rome, Italy
o Barcelona, Spain
o Dublin, Ireland
o Madrid, Spain
o Amsterdam, The Netherlands
o Prague, Czech Republic
o Vienna, Austria
o Moscow, Russia
 Middle East – is the land with great concentration of Islamic nations
around the southern and eastern shores of the Mediterranean Sea,
extending from Morocco to the Arabian Peninsula and Iran and
sometimes beyond. The central area was formerly known as Near
East. The states or territories of this region include Turkey, Lebanon,
Cyprus, Iraq, Syria, Iran, Israel, Jordan, Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait,
Yemen, Oman, Sudan, Libya, Bahrain, Qatar and United Arab
Emirates. Tourist attractions in the Middle East are uniquely different
from other places because of the influence of rich Islamic culture,
history and civilizations. Some territories of vast deserts are now
transforming into beautiful cities to make way for industrialization and
142
tourism possibilities. Some majestic tourist attractions in Middle East

are:
Cairo, Egypt Petra, Jordan Istanbul, Turkey
o Petra, Jordan
o Sanaa, Yemen
o Qalat, Bahrain
o Sabratha, Libya
o Cairo, Egypt
o Istanbul, Turkey
o Dubai, United Arab Emirates
o Jerusalem, Israel
o Doha, Qatar
 Africa – is the second to the largest continent and also second to the
most populated region in the world. It is about 30.2 million square
kilometers (11.7 million square miles) including the adjacent islands or
6% of the earth‘s surface area. Algeria has the largest land area. The
continent is surrounded by bodies of water; Mediterranean Sea to the
north, Suez Canal and Red Sea to the Northeast, Indian Ocean to the
Southeast, and the Atlantic Ocean to the West. There are 54
recognized sovereign countries, 9 territories, and 2 independent states
with limited or no recognition encompassing the entire African
Continent. Among these territories, Nigeria has the largest population
of estimated 173.6 million which is the seventh largest in the world in
2013. In terms of tourism, 49.5 million international tourists arrived in
Africa in 2011. This is an increase of 0.85 over 2010. Some of the best
tourist attractions in Africa are:
Marrakech, Morocco Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe Carthage, Tunisia
143
o Cape Town Central, South Africa

o Marrakech, Morocco
o Mombasa, Kenya
o Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe
o Serengeti National Park, Tanzania
o Swakopmund, Namibia
o Carthage, Tunisia
o Ranomafana National Park, Madagascar
Area III – It covers all Asia and the adjacent islands, except that portion
included in IATA Area II, all of the East Indies, Australia, New Zealand and
adjacent islands, the islands of the Pacific Ocean, except those included in
IATA Area I.
 Asia (East of the Urals) – is the largest among the seven continent
and also the most populated. It covers 8.7% of the earth‘s surface area
and is situated mainly in the eastern and northern hemisphere. The
continent is surrounded by the three large bodies of water: Pacific
Ocean in the east, Indian Ocean towards south, and Arctic Ocean in
the north. The region is inhabited by 60% of the world‘s total population
of about 4.3 billion people. Furthermore, the Philippines is situated in
the Southeast Asian region. Some of the wonderful tourist attractions
in Asia are:
Taj Mahal Temple of Angkor Halong Bay
o Boko National Park, Cambodia

o Borobudur, Indonesia
o Batanes, Philippines
o Halong Bay, Vietnam
o Mount Everest, Nepal
o Taj Mahal, India
o Temples of Angkor, Cambodia
o Victoria Peak, Hong Kong
o Bangkok, Thailand
o Hokkaido, Japan
144
 Oceania (Australia, New Zealand and South Pacific Islands) – is the

region centered on the islands of the Pacific Ocean. Oceania is divided
into 3 subregions: the Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia;
comprising 14 sovereign countries and around 24 dependent
territories.
Australia covers the largest land area among other political
boundaries in Oceania. Some of the known hidden paradise of the land
are:
Great Barrier Reef Ayers Rock Bora Bora
o Ayers Rock, Australia

o Milford Sound, New Zealand
o Bora Bora, French Polynesia
o Guadalcanal, Solomon Island
o Kokoda Trail, Papa New Guinea
o Burden of Maui, Tonga
o Kangaroo Island, Australia
o Great Barrier Reef, Australia
o Saipan, Northern Mariana Islands
In 2012, over 233.5 million international tourists arrived in Asia and

the Pacific; whereas, China was ranked third as the most visited country in
the world during the said year.
145

A. CLASSIFICATION
Direction: Determine whether the following tourist attractions belong
to IATA Area I, Area II or Area III. Put the answer on your paper.
1. Marrakech, Morocco
2. Cairo, Egypt
3. Milford Sound, New Zealand
4. Banff National Park, Alberta, Canada
5. Machu Picchu, Peru
6. Mount Everest, Nepal
7. Great Barrier Reef, Australia
8. Ranomafana National Park, Madagascar
9. Paris, France
10. Niagara Falls, Ontario, Canada
11. Petra, Jordan
12. Vienna, Austria
13. Galapagos Island, Ecuador
14. Borobudur, Indonesia
15. Jerusalem, Israel
B. TRUE OR FALSE
Direction: Write TRUE if the statement is correct; otherwise, write
FALSE if the statement is wrong. Put the answer on your paper.
1. Africa is the most populated continent in the world.

2. Australia belongs to the South American region.
3. Vatican City is the smallest sovereign territory in the world.
4. Nigeria has the largest land area in the African continent.
5. France is the most visited country in the world in 2012.
6. South America is situated around the southern and eastern shores of the
Mediterranean Sea.
7. Hawaii belongs to the American continent.
8. Asia has the largest land area among the seven continents.
9. Canada belongs to Oceania.
10. Algeria is the most populated country in Africa.
11. Russia covers the largest land area in Europe.
12. The central Middle East was formerly known as the West Indies.
146
13. The Philippines belongs to Southeast Asia.

14. Brazil belongs to the IATA Area II.
15. United Nations World Tourism Organization formulates standards to
ensure safety, security, and work simplification of airline operations across
the globe.
Enhancement
Activity

1. Among the different types of tourism you have learned, what motivates
you the most to visit places? Why?
2. Why is it important to assess first your tourist destination then evaluate
the experiences that you had after the travel?
3. As a beginner traveler, what are the ten (5) most important basic things
that you should have in your bag upon travel to ensure safety and order?
Let’s Do it!
Research Time
Choose your desired topic to research on the internet.

Topic # 1: Puerto Princesa Subterranean River
Topic # 2: Tubbataha Reefs Natural Park
Topic # 3: Coron Island
Visit websites associated with the chosen topic and compile

information about the following areas:
1. Unique description of the tourist destination
2. Government and NGO environmental protection programs
3. Role of the public in the preservation of the environment and
heritage sites
147
LESSON 2 THE INTERNET AND E-TRAVEL

COMMERCE (ET)
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Practice the Internet and E-Travel
Outcome
Commerce
Objectives
1. understand the true impact of the internet in the travel industry;
2. appreciate the contribution of technology to the growth and maturity of

the travel business; and
3. identify the advantages and disadvantages of internet to consumers

and to travel agents.
―Since air travel began, technology has provided the solid foundation
on which travel agents build and develop their businesses...There are so
much technology out there, and whether beneficial or not, these technologies
are converging to offer the next wave of how travel will be conducted. Travel
agents will need to take advantage of these opportunities and be willing to
adopt new innovation.‖ These statements were given by the Abacus
International president and CEO Robert Bailey during the celebration of the
company‘s 23rd year in the travel industry.
148
The existence of technology has evidently changes the traditional role

of travel agency as intermediaries in the distribution of travel products and
services between suppliers and customers. Internet is a perfect source of
information and a distribution channel for travelers nowadays; it can perform
almost all vital functions of a travel agency that savvy clients can deal it all by
themselves. As explained by Mr. Bailey, ―Travel agents will need to take
advantage of these opportunities and be willing to adopt new innovations‖ in
order to survive in the tight competition brought by digitalization. Perhaps,
marketing the business online is a rapidly growing trend in the travel and
tourism industry.
Traditional Travel Distribution New Travel Chain via Internet
Vendors Vendors
(Airline, Car hire, Hotel, etc.) (Airline, Car hire, Hotel, etc.)
Tour Operators Tour Operators
Travel Agencies
VS Travel Agencies
Vendee (Travelers) Vendee (Travelers)
Rosenbloom (1999) and Horvat et‘al (2001) identified some of the

advantages and disadvantages of the internet as a distribution mechanism
between the consumers and suppliers/travel agents.
Advantages of the internet in the travel business

1. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control over the search.
2. It gives a global space for limitless marketing of travel products and
reaches international competition.
3. It helps improve services provided to final consumers and manage the
contact with them.
4. It facilitates tangibility of the tourism product through transmission of
colored images.
5. It increases sales and profit on the part of supplier/TMC.
6. It avoids payment of commissions on the part of customer.
7. It provides rapid and convenient transactions.
149
8. It has information processing efficiency and flexibility.

9. It allows database management and relationship capabilities.
10. It imposes reduction of fixed and variable costs of business activities,
especially distribution costs.
11. It helps improve the company‘s image.
12. It reduces paperwork.
Disadvantages of the internet in the travel business

1. It causes web clutter and confusion because some web information is
unstructured, badly organized and takes time and energy to access.
2. It can be slow and awkward.
3. It ignores personal motivation.
4. It requires security when purchasing.
5. The technologies are changing too rapidly.
6. It has some consumer limitations such as the need for computer skills,
accessibility of computer and connection to internet, habit of using and buying
on the internet, using credit card in buying online and others.
7. Lack of trust regarding security and privacy issues.
8. Lack of clear legal environment.
Profitable medium of sales promotion is probably the best contribution

of internet to the modern day travel agencies and TMCs. This time, product
distribution does not anymore rely and be limited on the printed ads and
brochures, it can now reach to millions of computer users worldwide;
therefore, internet provides selling services of travel agencies/TMCs on
demand. In order to perform these marketing activities, travel agencies/TMCs
use effective promotional visualization of tourism services in the World Wide
Web, send and receive computer-controlled text, emails, sounds and images.
Through the internet, multimedia and database, travel businesses can offer a
much rational and fast online communication, direct contact with the market
and its business partners, integration and automation of business process,
delivery and access of tourism information.
According to www.statisticbrain.com, internet booking revenue has
grown by more than 73% over the past five years. In 2013, 57% of all travel
bookings were made on the internet and 65% of same day hotel reservations
were made from a smartphone. Some of the top visited travel sites are
Booking.com (part of Priceline.com), Expedia.com, Hotels.com,
Priceline.com, Kayak.com, Travelocity.com, Orbitz.com, Hotwire.com, and
others.
150
A. QUICKWRITES
Direction: Shortly explain the advantages and disadvantages of
internet in travel services on the following concepts. Write your answers on a
clean sheet of paper.
Gathering Information
Advantages Disadvantages
Processing of Transactions
Value for Money

151
Time and Comfort

Safety and Security


2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 - Proficient
10 - Advance
152
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 Describe the Capabilities of
Outcome
Global Distribution System (GDS)
Objectives
1. trace how CRS evolve into Global Distribution System (GDS);
2. name some of the major GDSs in operation today; and
3. appreciate the contribution of technology to the growth and

maturity of the travel business.
Computerized Reservation System (CRS) is the first computerized

information system used primarily to store and retrieve clients‘ data, promote sales
and conduct fast and accurate transactions of products and services in air travel.
CRS is typically used to provide information about airlines which may include:
1. flight schedule information

2. seat availability information by service class
3. fare quotes
4. reservation information
5. ticketing information
6. cancel existing reservations and tickets
CRS was later used by travel agencies, hotels, and other tourism
businesses to manage their inventory and let them gain direct access through
channel in order to check for availability, make reservation in a hotel, rent a car,
cruises and ships and issue tickets. Because of such limitless capabilities, the term
CRS was then replaced by Global Distribution Systems (GDS) that can book and
sell tickets for multiple airlines. GDS companies designed their system to be
accessible to clients through the internet and let them compare travel information
from various tourism service providers, making the GDS as the most effective tool
for marketing travel services to manage the complexity of supply.
153
Major GDS Today
1. Amadeus
Amadeus was originally a neutral Global
Distribution System (GDS) formed by Air France,
Iberia, Lufthansa and SAS in 1987. At present, it is
under the registered ownership of Amadeus IT Group
with headquarters in Madrid, Spain and its central
database located in Erding, Germany. It is the largest
booking share in Europe which was also intended to
offer as alternative to Sabre (an American GDS). The
company is sub-divided into two major areas of operation: Global Distribution
System, and its IT Solutions business. As GDS, Amadeus offers the following
major distribution solutions:
 Direct e-commerce/web and mobile technology
 Call center and airline ticket office technology
 Travel agency leisure e-commerce technology
 Travel agency leisure retail and call center shops
 Corporate travel agency desktop technology
 Travel agency mid and back-office solutions
 Travel agency IT consulting services
 Corporate self-booking tool technology
 Technology to link airlines PSS to other GDS/sales channels
 A strategy of equal functionality across channels at the airlines choice
2. Sabre
Sabre Global Distribution System was
founded by American Airlines and IBM in 1964. Its
headquarters is situated in Southlake, Texas, USA. Sabre
connects to more than 350,000 travel agents, 400 airlines,
100,000 hotels, 25 car rental brands, 50 rail providers and
14 cruise lines worldwide.
154
Sabre business solutions are sub-divided into four units:

 Sabre Travel Network – global distribution solutions for travel industry
 Sabre Airline Solution – airline technology solutions for air transportation
industry
 Sabre Hospitality Solutions – hotel technology solutions for hospitability
industry
 Travelocity – online travel agency
3. Worldspan
Worldspan was founded by Delta Air Lines,
Northwest Airlines, and Transworld Airlines in 1990.
It merged with Galileo in 2006 under the Travelports
GDS. Its headquarters is located in Atlanta,
Georgia. As GDS, Worldspan contributes to 15% of
the world market share in the distribution of
electronically generated travel information, internet
products and connectivity, and e-commerce
capabilities for travel agencies, and travel service
providers.
Some of the leading Worldspan solutions are as follow:
 Worldspan Car Rental Distribution Solutions

 Worldspan FareSource - one of the most comprehensive and accurate
fares and pricing solutions for airlines worldwide.
 Worldspan Go! – combining browser-based travel technologies and the
power of the Worldspan GDS.
 Worldspan Hotel Distribution Solution – industry leading technologies for
hotel distribution, shopping and booking
 Worldspan Interactive Maps for Hotels – advanced shopping and booking
solution that lets users shop, price, compare and book hotels in a visual
environment.
 Worldspan Meridian – multi-host technology platform for airlines
worldwide.
 Worldspan SecuRate Air – travel industry‘s most powerful solution for
managing negotiated fares.
 Worldspan WorldGroup – provides superior block space management
capabilities for airlines worldwide.
155
 Worldspan XML Pro – global data exchange tool for building fully
functional travel applications and establishing GDS direct connect via the
internet.
 Travelport e-Pricing – global standard in low-fare shopping technology.
 Travelport Fare Verified – comprehensive pre-ticketing fare audit tool that
protects airline companies against incorrectly priced or reissued tickets.
 Travelport Rapid Reprice – the industry‘s itinerary re-pricing tool when
traveler itineraries change.
 Travelport ViewTrip – offers 24/7 online access to detailed, personal
itineraries to travelers who hold a Worldspan booking record.
4. Galileo
Together with Worldspan, the Galileo is owned
by Travelports Global Distribution System. Its
headquarters was moved from Denver, Colorado to
Atlanta, Georgia a year after the merging of Travelport
and Worldspan companies. Although they now share
the same datacenter, both still run at separate systems.
A. MULTIPLE CHOICE
Direction: Read the statement carefully and write the letter that best
describes the statement on your quiz notebook.
1. The location of the headquarters of Amadeus IT Group

a. Atlanta, Georgia USA
b. Madrid, Spain
c. Denver, Colorado USA
d. Southlake, Texas USA
156
2. All of the following GDS belongs to Travelports company, except

a. Apollo
b. Worldspan
c. Galileo
d. Sabre
3. This European Global Distribution System was earlier developed to serve as the
alternative of an American GDS
a. Galileo
b. Amadeus
c. Travelports
d. Sabre
4. The Sabre‘s global distribution solutions for travel industry

a. Travelocity
b. Sabre Hospitality Solutions
c. Sabre Travel Network
d. Sabre Air Solutions
5. All of the following are typical functions of a Computerized Reservation System

(CRS), except
a. provide reservation information
b. sell tickets for multiple airlines
c. cancel existing reservations and tickets
d. confirm seat availability information
6. The Worldspan‘s pre-ticketing fare audit tool that protects airline against
incorrectly priced or reissued tickets.
a. Worldspan FareSource
b. Worldspan SecuRate Air
c. Travelport Rapid Reprice
d. Travelport Fare Verified
7. The following are travel distribution solutions offered by Amadeus IT Group,

except
a. Travel agency mid and back-office solutions
b. Direct e-commerce/web and mobile technology
c. Corporate self-booking tool technology
d. All of the above
157
8. This is one of the airline company that founded the Sabre in 1964.
a. Northwest Airlines
b. American Airlines
c. Air France
d. Transworld Airlines
9. It offers 24/7 online access to detailed, personal itineraries to travelers who hold
a Worldspan booking record.
a. Travelport ViewTrip
b. Worldspan WorldGroup
c. Travelport e-Pricing
d. Worldspan Go!
10. This allows clients to compare travel information and transact from various
tourism service providers online.
c. IT consulting services
d. either a or b
B. QUICKWRITES
Direction: Observe and interpret the graphical illustration below. Write your
understanding on a clean sheet of paper.
Airline
GDS Hotel
Traveler Travel
Agency
Car Hire

2 – Beginning 8 - Proficient
4 – Developing 10 - Advance
6 – Approaching
158
Enhancement
Activity

1. How did the existence of the World Wide Web change the Travel
Management Cycle?
2. What are the distinct difference between Computer Reservation System
(CRS) and Global Distribution System (GDS)?
3. List down at least ten (10) capabilities of GDS
Let’s Do it!
Laboratory Exercises
Sign in at the Amadeus software and display the following information:
1. Open the country information for Austria and find some of the main
attractions in the place.
2. Seek for the general information about Belgrade, London airport and
determine how many kilometers it will take to travel from the airport to
the city.
SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE

HANDS-ON ACTIVITY
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
159
Post – Test 2
A. MULTPLE CHOICE
1. This describes a traveler with stable job but with limited time for traveling
since he/she is holding vital responsibilities in the workplace.
a. Budget Traveler
b. Regular Traveler
c. High-End Traveler
d. Either a or b
2. It means to share faith and devotion together with the locals in glorifying
the Almighty Creator.
b. Culinary Tourism
c. Cultural Tourism
d. Religious Tourism
3. A European Global Distribution System founded by AirFrance, Iberia

Lufthansa and SAS
a. Sabre
b. Worldspan
c. Galileo
d. Amadeus
4. It is the imaginary line 23 degrees north of the equator.

a. Arctic Circle
b. Longitude
c. Tropics of Capricorn
160
5. The type of travel motivator related to discovering other people‘s tradition,

history, and way of life
a. Physical
b. Cultural
c. Interpersonal
d. Prestige
6. A thanksgiving celebration by the Tagbanua natives of Palawan expressed

in ritual dances and food offerings to their deities
a. Pagdidiwata
b. Ibalong
c. Lemlunay
d. Pista‘y Dayat
7. Part of the map that details the different items that can be seen in the areas
like the name, countries and capital cities
a. Label
b. Legend
c. Compass Rose
d. Title
8. The Product-Related variable that satisfies client‘s needs for travel whether
corporate or leisure activities
a. Length of stay
b. Distance traveled
c. Purpose of visit
d. Mode of transportation
9. A narrow strip of land between two large bodies of water

a. Archipelago
b. Isthmus
c. Island
d. Peninsula
10. The Bay Island of Honduras is part of this land area

a. Central America
b. Middle East
c. New Zealand
d. South Africa
161
11. The IATA area where the Middle East belongs

a. Area I
b. Area II
c. Area III
d. Area IV
12. This map is intended to describe the state and national boundaries of
places.
a. Physical Map
b. Topography Map
c. Climatic Map
d. Political Map
13. All of the following are advantages of internet in the travel business,
except
a. It avoids payment of commissions on the part of the customer.
b. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control over the search.
c. It ignores personal motivation.
d. It reduces paperwork.
14. It is the most visited country in the world

a. Russia
b. Spain
c. France
d. Japan
15. The clients‘ tendency to travel more often if they have better educational
attainment pertains to what market variable?
a. Socio-economic
b. Product-related
c. Psychographic
d. Physiological
16. Which of the following map guides is not aligned with the Altitudes?
a. Equator
b. Prime Meridian
c. Arctic Circle
162
17. The aim of this type of tourism is to acquaint travelers of the way of life of
the locals which includes their customs and traditions.
b. Cultural Tourism
c. Culinary Tourism
d. Adventure Tourism
18. The first computerized information system used primarily to store and
retrieve clients‘ data
c. Personal Reference Number (PNR)
d. World Wide Web (WWW)
19. The tendency of a big family to refrain from traveling activities because of
inconvenience and high cost of expenditures belong to what travel
demotivator?
a. Lack of interest
b. Lack of time
c. Family stage
d. Family bonding
a. Accessibility
B. SPOT THE UNLIKE

Direction: Identify the word or phrase that is not included in the
group. Then write it on your answer sheet.
1. Ayala y Compañia
Pintados Festival
House of Apacible
Barasoain Church
Santa Cruz Fort
163
2. Sabre
8. Indonesia
Amadeus
Vietnam
Galileo
Jordan
StarCruise
Australia
Worldspan
New Zealand
3. Mode of Transportation
9. Budget Traveler
Safety
Transportation
Social recognition
Infrastructure
Relaxation
Attraction
Family bonding
Hospitality
4. Fantasy World
10. Ocean
Burnham Park
Plateau
Water Rafting
Bay
Ocean Adventure
Strait
Star City
Gulf
5. Male
Married
First class flight seat
College graduate,
25 years old
6. Taal Volcano
Agusan Marsh
Batanes Islands
Tubbataha Reef
Makati Medical Center
7. Festivals
Inexpensive fare
Company sponsored events
Busy work schedule
Fine weather
164
QUARTER III
Overview
In the business arena, it is pivotal in nature for a person to showcase
the necessary characteristics for clientele relations, enough knowledge to run
a certain business, and an impeccable managerial and professional
competence so as not to impede the desired progression. The magnate at
this level is considered to be vital, as the business hits the brightest star there
is on the vast firmament of the corporate world.
Counter counseling, flight itinerary planning, and/or reservations and
confirmations are some of the core topics included in this part of the module
wherein, amid these skills is the individual engaged in business who is
buttressed with expertise in the present demanding sphere of a fast-evolving
technology.
After taking quarter three of the module, you will be equipped with the
fundamentals about the topics presented, excogitating and revealing the
invisible, latent picture of who you really are – adept and prepared to battle
head-to-head with the adversities of today. You will dash fastest in the race of
life, leaving others with their feet still shackled by ignorance.
Let us try to look into details as you flip over the pages, getting the
focal point of quarter three of the module, both formal and informal types of
learning – the lessons will dwell on the Travel Operations of the Organization,
the Operations Department Functions which are divided into five, namely:
counter counseling, reservations, fare calculation, ticketing, and
documentation.
Icon for
Objective
s
The following are the general objectives of quarter III:
1. arrange flight itinerary using a map and planner;

2. discuss flight reservation and confirmation;
3. follow rules and principles in airfare calculation and travel
documentation;
4. practice corporate travel management;
5. explain the MICE of travel management; and
6. describe the intranet and extranets in travel management.
165
Ilocos Excursion
Ilocos at the Northwest Coast of the Philippines is now a booming

tourist attraction. From national museums and parks, to beach
destinations, Ilocos is an all-in-one vacation spot!
And because of its numerous acknowledgments as a potential major
tourist spot in the country, Ilocandia draws more and more travelers every
year.
Laoag City is the provincial capital of Ilocos Norte, Philippines. It
boosts of historical landmarks that going there will make you feel like
traveling through time. It is also known as the Sparkling Gem of Ilocandia.
Vigan City, Ilocos Sur offers a glimpse of the Philippines‘ colonial
past. This is evident in the mixture of European and Asian architecture of
the ancestral houses, churches and other structures that are well-
preserved around the city.
The best way to go around and transport you to the colonial past is
to walk or take a Calesa/Kalesa along the infamous cobblestone streets.
Pagudpud is a wide, beautiful and quiet town on the northwest tip of
Ilocos Norte, Luzon. It is bounded in the south by the town of Bangui and in
the east by the Cordillera Mountain Range, the town of Adams and the
province of Cagayan. The South China Sea lies to the west and north. On
a clear day, Babuyan can be seen from Patapat National Park. The
beaches are approximately 2-hour drive from Laoag City.
It is a very common practice for locals and tourists alike to buy fresh
seafood at the market and have it grilled on the beach. These and many
more await you in Ilocos.
166
Pretest - 3
A. MULTIPLE CHOICE. Read the statement carefully and
choose the letter that best describes the statement. Write your answer in your
quiz notebook.
1. Which of the following is NOT an aim of counter counseling?

a. concludes counter sales, which are transactions captured by
the travel counselors or counter staff
b. provides information, and recommends suitable and
attractive products
c. suggests itineraries and insures proper travel documentation
d. selects direct, non-stop flights from one point to another,
until final destination
2. It is a complete record of all requirements of the passenger, and

provides a history of actions taken, confirmation, option dates, and
relevant information.
e. Booking Card
f. Itinerary Card
g. Passport
h. None of the Above
3. It is the process by which cities to be visited are arranged in the

desired sequence to conform with the passenger‘s desired travel
plans, starting from the point of origin to the destinations to be
visited in the desired sequence.
a. Counter Counseling
b. Flight Itinerary Planning
c. Arrival-departure Planning
d. Crisscrossing
167
4. What does GMT stands for?

a. Gold Mean Time
b. Greenwhich Mean Time
c. Gross Mean Time
d. Go Mean Time
5. This is the flight schedule requested by the client‘s itinerary.

e. Flight Itinerary
f. Estimated Time of Arrival
g. Estimated Time of Departure
h. Passenger‘s Number Record
6. What do you call the traditional way of placing reservation before

the advent of e-commerce and the internet?
a. Manual Reservation
b. Electronic Reservation
c. Automated Reservation
7. It is through the supplier‘s email address and interactive website

that reservations are accepted, and confirmations are provided.
d. a, b and c
8. What is the method which provides the availability of a service first,

allowing the client to make a choice?
a. Automated Reservation
c. Manual Reservation
d. Direct Reservation
9. Provides airline schedules for more than 780 airlines and available
information for flights that have seats available for sale on more
than 460 airlines.
a. Amadeus Automated Reservation System
b. Amadeus Direct Reservation System
c. Amadeus Electronic Reservation System
d. Amadeus Manual Reservation System
168
10. The name of a flight that operates between two cities and does not
make any stops
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
change online or interline in one or more cities en route
e. Non-stop Flight
f. Direct Flight
g. Connecting Flight
h. Change of Gauge/ Equipment Flight
12. Referred to as an online flight that operates between two cities with
a change of aircraft at an international city
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
13. Contains flights that submits schedule dates to Amadeus

irrespective of the availability of the status of their flights.
a. Schedule Display
14. Contains flights of all airlines between a specific city pair for a one-
week period.
e. Schedule Display
f. Time-Table Display
g. Flight Information
h. Airtime Access Levels
15. The meaning of PNR
a. Passenger Name Record
b. Pre-Name Record
c. Post Name Record
d. Parliamentary Name Record
169
16. This refers to those who own or are owners-managers of their

respective business enterprises, who travel for various reasons
b. Mariners
c. Corporate Executives
d. Businesspersons
e. Land-based overseas workers
17. The name of those travelers who represent the company in events
overseas, or attends corporate affairs in a multinational setting
a. Mariners
c. Businesspersons
18. It is defined as the coming together of a group of people with similar

e. Meetings
f. Seminars
g. Workshops
h. Incentives
19. It denotes something that incites or has the tendency to incite to

determination or action.
a. Meetings
b. Seminars
c. Workshops
d. Incentives
20. Refers to an assembly of people for a common business purpose

and social interchange between attendees.
a. Convention
b. Conference
c. Exhibitions
d. Seminars
21. Refers to ―trade events,‖ and consists of a series of exhibit booths.

a. Convention
b. Conference
c. Exhibitions
d. Seminars
170
22. This is a group of meeting devoted to analyzing solutions of

concrete problems, or acquiring specific skills or knowledge in a
particular field
e. Clinic
f. Retreat
g. Conclave
h. Assembly
23. This is a period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation, or study of

instructions under a director
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly
24. Refers to a company of persons gathered for deliberation and

legislation, worship or entertainment
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly
25. The name of a body of students meeting regularly to study the

same subjects.
e. Class
f. Clinic
g. Press Conference
h. Panel
26. Refers to a meeting where a panel of experts with diverse views on

the same subject present ideas in turn, under the direction of a
moderator
a. Class
b. Clinic
c. Press Conference
d. Panel
171
27. It means that any direct or indirect issue or policy conflict must be
revealed, including any joint venture that is deemed as conflict of
interest.
a. Confidentiality
b. Conflict of Interest
c. Illegal Information Brokering
d. Point of View
28. It pertains to the proposal of travel arrangement for the event from
the travel management company to the corporation or an event
management.
a. Binding Process
b. Bidding Process
c. Transaction
d. Illegal Information Brokering
29. Refers to any private meeting or secret assembly.

e. Clinic
f. Retreat
g. Conclave
h. Assembly
i.
30. This involves managing the point of sale activities (reservations,
ticketing, hotel and car rental vouchering) to monitor compliance and
tracking non-compliance.
a. implementing travel policies and procedures.
b. managing corporate travel operations
c. reporting and analyzing performance.
d. monitoring compliance
172
LESSON 1 TRAVEL MANAGEMENT CYCLE
Counter Reservations/
Counseling Confirmations
Fare Calculation
Ticketing
Documentation
The travel operations department is the core of the TMC/travel agency

business. It engages in the efficient and effective delivery of the
organization‘s service as partners or agents of travel suppliers. This lesson
will dwell on the Travel Operations of the organization.
The operations department functions are divided into five, namely:

counter counseling, reservations, fare calculation, ticketing, and
documentation.
The players of the operation department are: the Manager, the Travel
Supervisor, the Documentation Supervisor, the Travel Counselors or Counter
Staff, the Reservations and Ticketing Officers, and Liaison Officer.
The managerial and supervisory job functions vary depending on the

size of the organization and the company‘s policies, while the line functions of
the operations staff remain practically the same regardless of the travel
agency‘s size.
173
Learning Outcome 1 Arrange Flight Itinerary Using

A Map and Planner
Objectives
At the end of this lesson, the learner is expected to:
1. describe the functions involved in managing travel

arrangements for leisure travel;
2. plan a flight itinerary using a map and flight planner; and
3. accomplish a booking card for travel, a tour
voucher/exchange order and purchase order
Counter counseling aims to:
a. conclude counter sales, which are transactions captured by

the travel counselors or counter staff;
b. accomplish booking cards for travel;
c. provide information and recommend suitable and attractive
products; and
d. suggest itineraries and insure proper travel documentation.
Flight Itinerary Planning
Flight itinerary planning is the process by which cities to be visited are

arranged in the desired sequence to conform with the passenger‘s desired
travel plans, starting from the point of origin to the destinations to be visited in
the desired sequence. Claravall (2008) suggested ways on how to plan for
your itinerary:
174
1. identify the city-pairs involved – origin/destination or where a sector

begins and where it ends.
 A round trip journey will have two city-pair, example:
Manila/Singapore and Singapore/Manila.
 Once city-pairs are identified, select the suitable flights
between the city-pairs on the basis of schedule (ETD/ETA)
and frequency (day of a week).
2. A good knowledge of the world geography- airline flight geography

and how to be oriented by a map are essential in itinerary planning.
3. Knows how to read maps

 In reading maps, the top portion represents north, unless an
arrow indicates that point of the compass. The left side of the
page is west, the right side is east, and the bottom side is
south.
 To get proper orientation, draw an imaginary circle around
the point of origin.
4. Have an idea of the distance involved -the scale is the proportional

difference between the actual size of the area and the size of the
map.
Don’ts in Flight Itinerary Planning:
1. Avoid crisscrossing
Crisscrossing:
Manila /Bangkok /Hong Kong /Singapore /Manila
Should be:
Manila /Hong Kong /Bangkok /Singapore /Manila or VV
2. Avoid backtracking
Crisscrossing:
Manila /New Delhi /Bangkok /Colombo /Manila
Should be:
Manila /Bangkok /New Delhi /Colombo /Manila or VV
3. ―The less carriers used, the better‖ - this has more to do with
the competitive airfares than anything else.
175
Basic Procedure in Flight Itinerary Planning
 The simplest procedure in itinerary planning is to select direct,

non-stop flights from one point to another, until final destination.
However, it is not always that simple. Sometimes there are no
direct flights from a point of origin.
 It is easy to find flights to the desired destination or to the next
hub city – this is known as hub city or transfer airport.
 Should there be no direct flights from Bangkok to Madrid,
another hub city or transfer airport is required.
 The required connections in the hub cities provide stopover
opportunities for travelers, under normal conditions, at no extra
charge.
 When selecting the hubs, take into account the political stability
of the countries in question so as to insure the safety and
security of the passengers transiting or passing by these
countries.
 The best thing for you to do is to use the OAG (Official Airline
Guide) flight planner, or the individual flight schedules in travel
portals.
 It is important to note and list down all the city-pairs, flights
involved, arrival/departure times, and convenient connections of
the itinerary.
24-hour Time and Time Zones

 The arrival and departure of the airlines are always expressed in
local time.
 These are given in the 24-hour system (military time) wherein
hours are expressed in four digits.
 Thus, 6:00 a.m. is 0600H (oh-six hundred hours) and 11:30 a.m.
is 1130H (eleven thirty hours).
 Afternoon hours are expressed as 1300H (thirteen hundred
hours) for 1:00 p.m., 1830H (eighteen thirty hours) for 6:30 p.m.
and 2345H (twenty-three forty-five hours) for 11:45 p.m.
 It is important to be able to convert time in this system.
 It is also important to understand International Time based on
the world‘s 24-time zones.
 Every degree of longitudes, i.e. the vertical lines running from
north to south or vice-versa in all world maps, represents one
hour time difference from the other.
176
How to read the OAG Flight Planner

 Departure City (1) – the English spelling of the city of departure,
its airline code and time variation from Greenwich Mean Time
(GMT).
 Arrival City (2) – cities served from the point of departure by
through or connecting flights. If the city of arrival has more than
one airport, the name and the code of each is given.
 Flight information (3) – flights are shown in order of departure
time. Through-flights are listed before connecting flights. Some
cities are served by connecting flights only.
 Key to the through-flight information:(4-14)
 Validity (16) – flight information is valid between the dates
shown. Through and connecting flights operating for shorter
periods are indicated by first/last date of operation.
 Days of service – M-Monday; T-Tuesday; W-Wednesday; Th-
Thursday; F-Friday; S-Saturday and Sun-Sunday.
 Departure and Arrival times (17-23) – Bold type is used for
departure time from the city of origin and arrival at the
final destination. Arrival and departure times at transfer
connection airports are shown.
177
 Flight Number (19 and 21) – the two-letter airline code is

used, followed by the flight number.
 Aircraft type (12) – abbreviated type of aircraft.
 Class (13) – the classes of service offered.
 Stops (11) – the number of intermediate stops on each
flight.
Booking Card for Travel
The Booking Card according to Claravall (2008):
 is the working form of the Operations Department-Travel.
178
 is a complete record of all requirements of the passenger,

and provides a history of actions taken, confirmation,
option dates, and relevant information.
Follow the guidelines below in filling out and

accomplishing the form:
 Date – write the date the card is issued.

 Reference number – write the assigned reference numbers, if any.
Some organizations do not write anything in this box unless a
deposit payment has been made.
 Name(s) – write passenger‘s family name, followed by a slash, the
first name and title.
 Home address, phone number, email address
 Company name, address, and contact person – if the transaction is
an official company travel, write the company name, address, and
contact person. Include the company phone and fax numbers.
 Flight Itinerary – this is the flight schedule requested to be included
in the client‘s itinerary. Include here the dates of travel, to and from,
flight number, class, ETD (estimated time of departure) and ETA
(estimated time of arrival), status, options and PNR (passenger‟s
number record).
 Hotel accommodations – this is a list of hotel requirements,
including number of rooms and applicable room rates. Details like
city, arrival, departure, hotel name, type of room required, rate per
room, number of rooms to be used, number of nights, and total
hotel accommodations are discussed here.
 Sightseeing tours – this is a summary of sightseeing tours
requested such as city, dates, sightseeing tour name, numbers of
hours, indicate whether morning, afternoon or evening, number of
passengers, total sightseeing cost per destination and total
sightseeing tours.
179
A. IDENTIFICATION: Identify what is being described in each item.

Write the correct answer on the space before the number.
_______________ 1. The process by which cities to be visited are

arranged in the desired sequence to conform with
the passenger‘s desired travel plans, starting from
the point of origin to the destinations to be visited
in the desired sequence
_______________ 2. The working form of the Operations

Department-Travel
_______________ 3. This is the flight schedule requested to be

included in the client‘s itinerary.
_______________ 4. This is a list of hotel requirements, including

number of rooms and applicable room rates.
_______________ 5. This is a summary of sightseeing tours

requested.
WORD FORMATION. Provide the appropriate meaning of the

following acronyms.
6.FIP= __________________________________________________
7. ETD=_________________________________________________
8.ETA=_________________________________________________
9.OAG=_________________________________________________
10.GMT=________________________________________________
180
B. Prepare a self-help brochure or leaflet on how counter-counseling

is done. Please be guided by this rubric:
Descriptions
Criteria Value
1 2 3 4
Display All parts are not Some parts Most parts All parts are
clearly labeled. are clearly are clearly clearly
labeled labeled. labeled
Mechanics There are many There are There are There are no
and Spelling mistakes in several minor mistakes in
mechanics mistakes in mistakes in mechanics
and/or spelling. mechanics mechanics and/or
and/or and/or spelling.
spelling. spelling.
Presentation The brochure is The brochure The brochure The brochure
presented as is presented is presented is presented
very difficult for as difficult for as less with ease for
the audience to the audience difficult for the audience
understand. to understand. the audience to understand
to understand
Layout The layout is The layout is The layout is The layout is
confusing. The somewhat almost well
components organized. organized. organized.
are inconsistent Most of the Most There is
and some components components consistency in
information are are not are its
missing. organized. consistent components
Partial within the that allows
information publication. the readers to
can be located Almost all easily locate
information the
can be information.
located.
Total
Student‘s comments:
__________________________________________________________
Teacher‘s comments:
_________________________________________________________
181
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 Discuss Flight Reservations
Outcome
and Confirmations
Objectives
1. differentiate reservation and confirmation;

2. do some flight reservations; and
3. encode the necessary information needed for confirmation.
Reservations and Confirmations
Advance request for available space and services at sometime in the

future are reservations. It is also an arrangement to secure accommodations,
as in a restaurant or on a plane. A confirmation is a written advice by a travel
agency that a reservation has been accepted and will be honored, thus, the
term ―confirmed reservations‖. It is also the written acknowledgment provided
by a broker indicating that a trade has been completed. This includes details
such as the date, price, commission, fees and settlement terms of the trade.
Reservations may be done through a variety of methodologies, but

basically, by using any of the three methods: 1) manual reservations; 2)
electronic reservations; and 3) automated reservations. The information
relayed per method varies but is basically the same.
Flight Reservations
1. Manual Reservations – refers to direct contact with the

supplier‘s staff by mobile or regular phone. (see appendices
for illustration)
 Manual reservations are the traditional way of placing
reservations before the advent of e-commerce and
the internet.
 This method involves direct contact with the supplier‘s
staff by mobile or regular phone.
 It is highly personal and fosters client-intermediary
and intermediary-suppliers commercial relations.
182
 Provide the following information when making

manual reservations:
i. Sector/leg required - sectors being traveled,
point of origin to point of destination.
ii. Date of travel – this refers to the dates the
passenger(s) is/are traveling.
iii. Flight number/class – this refers to the flight
number and class.
iv. Passenger(s) name, and how many
passenger/s (adults/children with
corresponding ages) or seat/s are being
reserved.
183
2. Electronic Reservations – is done through the supplier‘s

email address and interactive website that accepts
reservations and provide confirmations.
 These were introduced by the use of email correspondence,
and these involved writing to the email address of the supplier
and receiving a reply from a department or individual.
 This is less personal since there is no direct human contact.
 Another way to place an electronic travel reservation is through
an interactive website where no human contact is involved.
 Field or boxes in the screen are filled out with the necessary
details and the site either accepts or rejects the request.
 Confirmations are provided for confirmed companies that do not
make electronic reservations as these are geared for
consumers.
184
3. Automated reservations – is done through a global

distribution system wherein the supplier is a member that
provides availability of seats and accepts reservations.
 This method provides the availability of a service first,
allowing the client to make a choice.
 After the selection is made and inputted, the system
provides confirmations.
Amadeus Automated Reservation System
Amadeus air provides airline schedules for more than 780 airlines ad
available information for flights that have seat available for sale on more than
460 airlines. The Amadeus system stores over 500,000 city pairs and 3.9
million routings worldwide, offering a wide range of direct flights and over 6
million connecting flight options.
1. Availability of all flights are displays with at least one seat available
for sale or waitlist for all airlines, which have sales agreement with
Amadeus. Each time availability is displayed, the flights are sorted
following the hierarchy shown below:
185
Flight Type Definition

Non-stop A flight that operates between two cities and does
not make any stops.
Direct An online flight that operates between two cities
and makes a stop in one or more cities en route.
Connecting A flight that operates between two cities and
makes a change online or interline in one or more
cities en route.
Change of An online flight that operates between two cities
Equipment/Gauge with a change of aircraft at an international city.
Flight Hierarchy Display
2. City Pair Availability. To display a neutral availability display, enter:
AN19SEPMNLBKK
AN Transaction command for neutral availability
19SEP Date, DDMMM
MNLBKK City pair
3. Dual-City Pair Availability. You can request two availability display in

one entry:
AN23SEPMNLHKG826SEPHKGSIN
AN Transaction command for neutral availability
23SEP Date, DDMMM
MNLHKG Fist city pair for the outbound flight
* Separator (mandatory)
26SEP Date, DDMMM
HKGSIN Second city pair for inbound or onward flight
4. Schedule display contains flights that submit schedule dates to

Amadeus irrespective of the availability status of their flights.
5. Timetable display contains flights of all airlines between a specific

city pair for a one-week period. The display shows you the frequency
of flights between two airports and indicates which airlines operate on
a particular day of the week. The display contains flights of airlines that
participate in Amadeus. To request for a neutral timetable display,
enter:
TN12AUGMNLSIN
TN Transaction command for neutral code

12AUG Date, DDMMM
MNLSIN City pair
186
6. Flight Information on the operation of a specific flight and date as

provided by the respective airlines. There are two ways of checking the
flight information:
 Using a follow-up entry form and availability display
DO1
DO Transaction command for flight
information
1 Flight line number form an available
display
 By displaying the flight number and date:
DOCX751/10AUG/HKGBOM
DO Transaction command for flight
information
CX751 Flight Number
/10AUG Slash and date, DDMMM
/HKGBOM slash origin and destination
airport/city codes
7. Airline access levels – Amadeus offers airline campanies several

types of access for availability and schedule display, and for booking
seats. Some of the inclusions here are the following: full Amadeus
access, Amadeus access sells, and Amadeus direct sales.
8. Amadeus passenger name record (PNR) mandatory elements.

 A PNR contains the details of a passenger‘s reservations and
other information related to a passenger‘s trip.
 PNR‘s can also contain information to assist airline personnel
with a passenger handling.
9. Segment element can be a flight, hotel, car, or cuisine element. A

PNR can contain up to 99 segments.
Additional
Title Explanations
Info
MR or MS 12 years or older
MSTR or MIST 2 up to 11 years CHD
INF I month to 23 months old INF
Acceptable titles in name element
187
10. Name Element – a passenger name consists of the family name,

given name, and title. You can enter up to nine names in the PNR. A
name can contain up to 60 characters. When creating a name element
for an infant, you must include the passenger type, and the infant must
be associated to an adult name. (Note: some airlines may require
specific titles. Check with the airline company.)
Here are some of Entry Requests

the examples of NM2REYES/HANS MR/HEIDI More than one passenger with
different possible MS the same family name
NM1BRADLEY/MICHAEL Child name
name element MSTR(CHD)
entries: NM1TAN/SUSAN Infant associated with an adult
MS(INF/LISAMARIE) with the name family name
*no spaces inside the
parentheses
NM1LIM/JANET Infant associated to an adult
MS(INFVALDEZ/IRENE) with a different family name
NM1GOMEZ/ARTHUR Child name with passenger ID
MSTR(CHD) (IDRTT124) code
The system automatically:

1. numbers that name element.
2. places the name in alphabetical order by family name,
regardless of how you entered them.
3. creates an OSI element when entering a child or infant‘s
name.
11. Contact element – used to store contact information of a travel
agency and their passengers in the PNR.
12. Received from Element – identifies the person making or modifying

a reservation. During the PNR creation, the received from the element
is displayed as the second line in the PNR.
13. Ticketing element – indicates the type of ticketing arrangement

made to provide tickets to a passenger.
14. End Transaction – when you have entered the five mandatory
elements, SMART, you must end the transaction to file the record in
the system.
188
Other Reservations
The three methods of making flight reservations are also applicable to
reservations made for other supplier of travel services, although the required
information differs. Here are some of the other reservations that your clients
may avail:
1. Accommodation establishments. When placing manual

reservations with hotel, resorts or any other lodging establishment,
for lodging and board, the following information must be provided:
 Passenger name number
 Inclusive dates
 Room breakdowns
 ETD / ETA information
 Meal required
 Special functions/activities (if any)
 Form of payment
If reservations are not available, present the booking and the other
accommodations establishments of similar category in the locality;
change the dates only with the client‘s consent.
2. Sightseeing tours and tour packages - if you avail of this service,

you must provide the following to facilitate easy reservations:
 Date of sightseeing tour or the inclusive dates of the tour
package
 Number of rooms and room type
 Forms of payment
 Once the reservation is accepted, request for
pick-up time and place for the sightseeing tour or the
departure time and place of the tour packages.
3. Cruises. When making reservation with a cruise company, provide

the following information:
 Date if departure/arrival
 Embarkation/debarkation points- point of origin to point of
destination
 Type of accommodation and breakdown (specify whether:
upper deck (window), balcony (veranda) or standard
accommodations)
189
 Once the reservation has been received, request

for its status and ticketing option. Reconfirm the
departure date, time and city/port, and the date and
time of arrival at the destination of the cruise segment
purchased.
4. Restaurants and other entertainment establishments. When placing

reservations with restaurants and other entertainment
establishments, provide the following information:
 Date of event/function
 Number of tables
 Form of payment
 Once reservation is accepted, double-check the
show time.
A. Modified True or False. Write TRUE if the statement is correct. Write

FALSE if the statement is incorrect and change the underlined term to make
the statement correct.
________________1. Manual reservations are the traditional way of placing

reservation before the advent of e-commerce and the
internet.
________________2. Automated reservations were introduced by the use
of email correspondence, and involved writing to the
email address of the supplier and receiving a reply
from a department or individual.
________________3. Electronic reservations are done through a global
distribution system wherein the supplier is a member
that provides availability of seats and accepts
reservations
________________4. Manual reservation provides the availability of a
service first, allowing the client to make a choice.
________________5. Electronic reservation is less personal since there is
no direct human contact.
190
________________6. Amadeus air provides airline schedules for more than

780 airlines and available information for flights that
have seat available for sale on more than 460 airlines.
________________7. Direct Flight is a flight that operates between two
cities and does not make any stops.
________________8. Connecting Flight is an online flight that operates
between two cities and makes a stop in one or more
cities en route.
________________9. Change of Equipment/Gauge Flight is a flight that
operates between two cities and makes a change
online or interline in one or more cities en route.
_______________10. PNR contains the details of a passenger‘s reservations
and other information related his trip.
B. Interview some who have undergone an actual flight reservation.

Share to the class what essential information were imparted to
you.
Oral Presentation Rubric
Very good Satisfactory Poor
(has no (has four to (has
more than seven more
Indicators
three minor errors) than
errors) seven
errors)
1. Gave an interesting introduction
2. Presented a clear explanation of
the topic
3. Presented information in a logical
manner
4. Used complete sentence
5. Offered a concluding summary
6. Spoke clearly, correctly, distinctly,
and confidently
7. Maintained eye contact
8. Maintained acceptable posture
9. Utilized audio-visual aids
10. Handled questions and comments
Total
Grand Total
191
C. Make an inventory. List down the advantages and disadvantages

of the different flight reservations. Create a diagram for making an
inventory.

PERFORMANCE
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
D. Identification. Accomplish the graphic organizer below by filling

out the empty boxes with the necessary information
depending on the category assigned per box.
What information should be provided?
Accommodation
Establishments
Sightseeing Tours and

Tour Packages
Cruises
192
B. Visit a hotel, resort or any other lodging establishment, and interview the
manager about their operation on reservations. Write a report to show to
your classmates during class discussion.
C. Collect forms of reservation from the hotel, resorts and other lodging
establishments to those juridical persons you visited. Compile and reflect
on it. Your output will be rated using the rubric below.
SCORE CRITERIA
5 The information gathered suggests excellent and critical analysis
of the topic presented
4 The information gathered suggests good analysis of the topic
presented
3 The information gathered lacks depth in the analysis of the topic
presented.
2 The information gathered is unclear and has no bearing on the
topic presented.
1 No research work presented.
Icon for
Learning
Outcome Learning Outcome 3 Follow Rules and Principles in
Airfare Calculations and Travel Documentation
Objectives
1. understand the rules and principles of airfare calculation;
2. write and read an airline paper and e-ticket; and
3. identify and explain the types of travel documentation.
Fare Calculations
The amount to be charged for any air journey is dependent on the type
of journey to be undertaken. For example, a passenger who boards an
aircraft at point ―A‖, flies direct, non-stop to point ―B‖ and disembarked will be
charged the corresponding publisher fare for the trip.
193
In the Philippines today, most travel agencies rely on four different

ways to calculate airfares. The first and most common are the rate sheets
provided by the respective airline companies showing the different sectors
flown by an airline with corresponding net airlines. The second source is the
passenger air tariff (PAT), a tow book set which gives the applicable air fares
on the various sectors, regardless of the airlines. The third source is a global
distribution system‘s fare quotation display (FQD).
How to read the passenger air tariff (PAT):
The following is an example and should not be used for fair

information. In general, the PAT appears in the following sequence:
1. Headline/sideline cities
2. Fare – one-way fares appear in regular typeface while
roundtrip fares appear in bold typeface
3. Fare type – example: Normal fares: Y for economy class; F
for first class; and J for business class.
Economy class, also called coach class, steerage,

or standard class, (colloquially: Cattle class), is the
lowest travel class of seating in air travel, rail travel, and
sometimes ferry or maritime travel. Historically, this travel
class has been called tourist class on ocean liner and third
class, or even fourth class, on railways.
Business class is a travel class available on many

commercial airlines and rail lines, known by brand names
which vary by airline or rail company. In the airline industry, it
was originally intended as an intermediate level of service
between the economy class and first class, but many airlines
now offer business class as the highest level of service,
having eliminated first class seating. Business class is
distinguished from other travel classes by the quality of
seating, food, drinks, ground service and other amenities.
Full business class is usually denoted 'J' or 'C' with schedule
flexibility, but can be many other letters depending on the
circumstances.
194
First class is the most luxurious travel class of seats

and service on a train, passenger ship, airplane, or other
conveyance. It is usually much more expensive than the
business class and economy class, and offers the best
service and luxurious accommodation
4. Carrier code – indicates which carrier the airfare appears.
Carrier code – it is a two-character IATA-

assigned code that identifies a carrier on arrival /
departure signs, baggage tags, Global Distribution System
(GDS), tickets, etc. Usually, it is an alpha code (such as AI
for Air India, EI for Air Lingus, and WN for Southwest
Airlines) but sometimes it is alphanumeric (such as F9 for
Frontier Airlines, 7Z for Laker Airlines, and 5X United Parcel
Service). For more examples of a CC, visit this website:
https://www.census.gov/foreign-
trade/reference/codes/aircarrier/acname.txt
5. MPM – is the maximum permitted mileage between the
headline city and sideline city for the global indicator shown.
195
6. Global indicator – shows the global routing direction

applicable to the fare.
7. Rule – refers to the applicable fare rule. These rules are
contained in the Passenger Air Tariff General Rules
volumes.
8. NUC – is the Neutral Unit of Construction equivalent to the
local currency fare.
9. Local currency – the fares are published in the local currency
of the Headline City.
10. Route reference – the numeric reference to linear routing
published in the routing sections.
Basic Fare Calculation Procedures
To calculate air itineraries that combine a number of sectors, the

ticketing officer is guided by the step-by-step formula for the
calculations used by the airlines‘ desks as follows:
1. Establish the type of journey.

 One –way (OW)-example: Manila/Hong Kong
 Round Trip (RT)-example: Manila/Bangkok/Manila
 Circle trip (CT)-example: Manila/Hong
Kong/Bangkok/Singapore/Manila
 Round-the-world trip (RW)-example:
Manila/Tokyo/San Francisco/New
York/London/Frankfurt/Athens/Bangkok/Manila
 Open Jaw (OJ)-example: Manila/Hong Kong/
Macau/Manila
2. Establish the category of air fares published with a rule
reference, i.e., The rule sets out conditions governing the
application of the fare.
3. Fares published with direction codes-global indicators can
have different Maximum Permitted Mileage.
4. If no direct flights exist between points of origin and
destination, fares must be constructed using the mileage
system. The correct steps are:
 Establish the Fare Break Point (FBP) for each
component.
196
 Establish the Neutral Unit of Construction (NUC)

which is equivalent to the Local Currency fare as
shown in no. 8. The global indicator refers to the
routes applicable to the fare. (Note, read and act on
the Conditions (COND) provided in a rule as shown
in no. 7.)
 Note the Maximum Permitted Mileage (MPM). This
refers to the maximum distance or mileage that may
be traveled, between two points, for a fare component
as shown in no. 5.
 Add the Ticketed Point Mileage (TMP). This refers to
the distance between pairs of points published in the
Ticketing Point Mileage manual.
To obtain the distance flown on a given journey, the routing

points are listed vertically, and the TPM written next to them, sector by
sector. Example: BUE/MVD/RIO/LIS/GVA/FRA
TPM
Buenos Aries BUE
Montevideo MVD 140
Rio de Janeiro RIO 1133
Lisbon LIS 4796
Geneva GVA 930
Frankfurt FRA 287
7286
Once this is obtained, compare it with the sum of the MPM.
If the total distance of the itinerary does not exceed the MPM,
no excess mileage applies.
If the total TPM exceeds the MPM, check if an Excess Mileage

Allowance (EMA) is permitted. If the EMA is insufficient, establish the
percentage surcharge or EMS. Search for any intermediate point
having a higher fare in NUC or the High Intermediate Point (HIP).
Surcharge the Higher Intermediate Point. Repeat steps 2-9 for each
fare component. The data and formula for the foregoing steps are
shown in the General Rules book of the Passenger Air Tariff.
197
The application of a mileage deduction will generally reduce the fare so

it is important to consult the tables in the AT and APT whenever the TPM
exceed the MPM.
5. The resulting total of each component is the Construct Fare

(CF).
6. Check and apply any minimum-fare rule shown in the
General Rules book of the passenger air tariff.
7. Add the CF of all the components for a Total (TTL).
8. Convert the TTL at the applicable Rate of Exchange (ROE)
currency. And round off the Local Selling Fare (LSF).
9. Complete all the relevant boxes of the ticket with the
applicable taxes.
198
Airline Ticketing
The air ticket can only be issued by the ticketing office after
reservations have been processed and confirmed and the applicable airfares
calculated.
 The issuance of air ticket is the final step in processing a
passenger‘s air travel requirements.
 It represents a contract between a passenger and a carrier,
and represents also a passenger‘s payment to the travel
agent.
199
1. Paper tickets
a. These are now phased out by the airlines worldwide. It is
important to understand the composition, format and content
of these to enable a better understanding of an e-ticket.
b. It contains the original detail of the transaction.
2. Electronic air tickets
a. An e-ticket is a paperless electronic document used for
ticketing passengers.
b. E-ticketing (ET) is the process of simplifying the issuance of
paperless e-tickets, generating electronic reports and
monitoring materialization of booking
c. E-ticketing improves passenger convenience and e-ticketing
reduces cost.
d. It reduces ticket processing charges, eliminates the need for
paper and allows greater flexibility to the passenger and travel
agent to make changes to the itinerary.
For customers Stress free ticketing no Possibility of
tickets to lose; no last technology crash
minute queues
For airlines Savings of up to US9 for Less portable than
ticket printing and a paper
processing
For travel agent Will allow them to explore Security issues in
greater opportunities to self check-in
manage the corporate kiosks
travel experience
Advantages and disadvantages of e-ticketing
Documentation
This refers to the process of legally securing the necessary travel

papers for prospective passengers. It is divided as follows:
 documents required for leaving the country of origin;

 documents required for transit countries;
 documents required for entry to, and exit from the destination
country; and
 documents required for every reentry to the country of origin.
200
Travel information is entered and maintained using one of the

following documents:
Documents Descriptions
Records trip information and schedules

advance checks. This document is used
to request monies for hotel deposits,
Travel Authorization registration fee advances, and airline
(TE, TEO, TEC) ticket advances. The three types of
Travel Authorization - In-State (TE),
Out-of-State (TEO), and Foreign (TEC)
- will hereafter be referred to as TE.
Records the expenditure of funds,

calculates the amount due to/from the
employee, and schedules the
reimbursement check to the traveler (if
Expense Voucher (TP)
appropriate). This document reflects the
actual costs of the trip. The Expense
Voucher (TP) is used to record the
expenditure associated with a trip.
This document facilitates the transfer of

funds between internal buyers and
sellers. The buyer is the traveler, and
the sellers are the State Motor Pool and
Internal Travel Voucher (IIT)
State Parks. On the seller side, IIT
updates the revenue accounts. On the
buyer side, IIT updates the expense
accounts.
Clears the travel advance, records

reimbursement, or clears the payable
amount due to the traveler. This
Travel Check (TC) document is used when either a travel
advance or a reimbursement is
manually produced and the resulting
accounting information.
201
A. IDENTIFICATION. Identify what has been indicated by the

numbered boxes. Write your answer on the space provided
for each item.
1.__________________________ 6.___________________________
2.__________________________ 7.___________________________
3.__________________________ 8.___________________________
4.__________________________ 9.___________________________
5.__________________________ 10.__________________________
202
A. Seek information to someone who knows how to read the passenger‟s

air tariff (PAT) and find out how this is done. Discuss this in class.
B. Photocopy and compile travel papers of prospective passengers, study

these documents and write your observation, then present to class.
Enhancement Activity

1. What are the five functions of the operations department of a travel
agency?
2. What are the different counter activities?
3. What are the three rules of flight itinerary planning?
4. What are transfer connections?
5. What is the difference between a short-sell and a long-sell entry in the
Amadeus system?
6. What are the types of journeys in fare calculations?
EXERCISES:
Plan for the following: Workbook I- Planning travel arrangements

Workbook II-Proposing travel arrangements

QUICKWRITE
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
203
Let’s Do it!
Field Work
Based on the group of destination cities selected, accomplish the

following:
1. A flight itinerary for the group of cities selected.

2. A directory of hotels selected in the cities visited.
3. A list of sightseeing tours chosen in the countries visited.
4. Complete the corresponding book card for travel.
5. Issue the air ticket or a purchase order for the transportation
company.
6. Prepare a reservation request/booking order and exchange
order/tour voucher.
Based on the background scenario assigned:
1. Prepare a comprehensive travel proposal based on the guidelines

given.
SCORING RUBRICS
Directions: Level
Achieved PERFORMANCE LEVELS
Ask the teacher to
assess your 10 - Can perform this skill without
performance in the supervision and with initiative and
following critical task adaptability to problem situations.
and performance 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily
criteria without assistance or supervision.
4 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily
You will be rated but requires some assistance and/or
based on the overall supervision.
evaluation on the right 1 - Can perform parts of this skill
side. satisfactorily, but requires
considerable assistance and/or
supervision.
Instructor will indicate his initial when each level is

achieved.
204
LESSON 2 CORPORATE TRAVEL MANAGEMENT
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Practice Corporate Travel
Outcome
Management
Objectives
1. explain the value of corporate travel management; and

2. differentiate the types of corporate travelers.
Value of Corporate Travel or Business Travel
Business trips are work-related and financed by the company,

business travel‘s primary consideration is the reliable delivery of all aspects of
travel arrangements. The person or entity that finances the trip, expects some
benefit from the trip or the outcome of the trip, whether a corporation, a
shipping company or a couple needing a domestic helper.
The difference has a major impact in how the travel arrangements are
made and paid for.
The value of corporate travel management can be summarized into
three: financial controls; policy adherence; and safety and efficiency.
Let‘s study them in detail one-by-one (Obando 2001):
1. Financial Control
 Having a professional travel management company or competent in-
house travel professionals that can manage and negotiate travel-
related services provides measurable financial benefits to the
corporation.
 The capabilities to monitor and analyze travel expenditures are
essential if cost cutting opportunities are to be identified and taken
advantage of.
 As a general rule, the appointed travel management company or the
in-house travel department works with each department to determine
205
its travel needs and develop its travel budget, based on current
spending and planned development.
 With the consolidated travel needs of the corporation, the discounts
and preferred rates are negotiated with the travel suppliers based on
company-wide needs.
2. Policy Adherence
 Corporate travel management also involves developing corporate
travel policies that optimize the company‘s travel expenses.
 Proper procedures must be followed in order to adhere to the
company‘s travel policies. Otherwise, the company will just be
wasting money through more expensive bookings especially with
non-preferred travel suppliers.
 The linkage of the consolidated travel needs of the corporation with
the corporation‘s travel policies are executed through the corporate
travel procedures in the managed corporate travel program.
 The corporate travel program guides the employees to travel the
way the management recommends.
 By taking advantage of the negotiated preferred rates or discounts,
a well-managed travel program pays for itself through lesser costs
and negotiated revenue, such as rebates, overrides and incentive
payments.
3. Safety and Efficiency

 Corporate travel professionals are responsible for providing a
valuable service to their clients, the corporate traveler.
 This responsibility involves ensuring that travel is both safe and
productive.
 Corporate travelers need a smooth, efficient travel process in
order to reach a company‘s business objectives.
 During national, corporate or personal crisis, travel management
professionals are vital in reducing risk to the company and its
travelers, through emergency tracking and assistance.
 Corporate managers at all levels realize the non-monetary
benefits of their corporate travel department and the value of the
human factor.
206
Types of Corporate Travelers
Business travel is characterized by sponsored travel for financial gain.

This includes individuals both in government and private sector, including the
civil society and non-governmental organizations. For the purpose of
understanding what corporate travel management involves, only a selected
number of business travelers will be identified and described.
Among the most common types are (Claravall 2008):
1. Businesspersons
 Are those who own or are owners-managers of their respective
business enterprise, who travel for various reasons, mainly:
o to solicit additional contracts;
o to negotiate for a source of raw materials; and
o to participate in events of interest to the enterprise.
 Normally schedule travel well in advance and the enterprise
shoulders most travel expenses. Because the traveler is the
owner, travel expenses may be limited.
2. Corporate executives
 Are those travelers of executive rank, directors, assistant and
executive vice presidents, presidents, chairs and the like,
traveling to represent the company in events overseas, or to
attend corporate affairs in a multinational setting.
 Image is an important factor in nurturing prestige, travel
expenses are unlimited, but subject to the travel policies of the
corporation.
 Travel may happen once a year or once a month or as often as
necessary.
3. Corporate supervisors/rank-and-file
 Like the senior corporate officials, the lower ranks may also
travel to represent the corporation in meetings overseas or
attend training programs in the corporate headquarters.
 Travel budgets for these individuals may not be as large as their
senior counterparts, but is the corporation‘s image plays a role
in determining the travel budget.
 They travel as often as necessary.
207
4. Mariners
 Or seafarers have travel needs which are either scheduled in
advance or are as need arises, normally under time-sensitive
schedules.
 They are needed in a certain port on a certain date, and travel
must be accomplished regardless of the cost.
5. Land-based overseas workers
 Normally travels one way, once a year, and seldom purchase
roundtrip tickets.
 The best example of these are the domestic helpers (DH) based
in Hong Kong
6. Government officials and employees
 Just like the corporate executives, supervisors and rank-and-
file, the Philippine government conducts missions to foreign
countries for various purposes – commercial, diplomatic, military
and the like. Government officials and employees travel
overseas on official business and such require travel
arrangements just like any other traveler.
Obviously, there are many more than those mentioned above,

however, these should suffice to give understanding of what business travel
or travel for business purposes is all about.
A. Getting into Details. On the space provided before the item

number, write FC if the statement falls under Financial Control, PA for
Policy Adherence and SE for Safety and Efficiency.
_______________1. Corporate managers at all levels realize the non-

monetary benefits of their corporate travel department and the value
of the human factor.
_______________2. Taking advantage of the negotiated preferred

rates or discounts, a well-managed travel program pays for itself
through lesser costs and negotiated revenue, such as rebates,
overrides and incentive payments.
208
_______________3. With the consolidated travel needs of the

corporation, the discounts and preferred rates
are negotiated with the travel suppliers based on
company-wide needs.
_______________4. Corporate travelers need a smooth, efficient

travel process in order to reach a company‘s
business objectives.
_______________5. The corporate travel program guides the

employees to travel the way the management
recommends.
_______________6. The linkage of the consolidated travel needs of

the corporation with the corporation‘s travel
policies are executed through the corporate
travel procedures in the managed corporate
travel program.
_______________7. The appointed travel management company or

the in-house travel department works with each
department to determine its travel needs and
develop its travel budget, based on the current
spending and planned development.
_______________8. Corporate travel professionals are responsible for

providing valuable service to their clients, the
corporate traveler.
_______________9. Corporate travel management also involves

developing corporate travel policies that optimize
the company‘s travel expense.
______________10. The capabilities to monitor and analyze travel

expenditures are essential if cost-cutting
opportunities are to be identified and taken
advantage of.
209
B. In a pivotal conversation, interview a person engaged in a travel

business and ask him/her about the principles concerning corporate
financial control, policy adherence, and safety and efficiency
principles. Record the conversation, reflect on it and be able to
share it in class. Work in triads.
C. Make a reflective analysis on the different types of corporate

travelers. Afterwards, construct and exhibit your expertise by
making a poster. Present to class your artwork, and express the
focal idea of your poster.
Criteria Percentage
Workmanship 30%
Content (details of the output and appropriateness) 20%
Compliance to standards 15%
Totality (appearance, physical impact) 15%
Work habits and techniques 10%
Speed 10%
Total 100%
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 The Meeting, Incentives, Convention,
Outcome and Exhibition (MICE)
Objectives
1. describe MICE, marine travel and land-based overseas

workers characteristics;
2. detail the phases involved in corporate travel management;

and
3. prepare and evaluate a proposal or bid for a corporate travel

account management.
210
Meetings, Incentives, Convention and Exhibitions (MICE)
Today, meetings have become an integral part of the travel business

and as monetary investment, it is expected to pay concrete dividends. As any
profit center, the business of putting together a meeting, supervising theirs
onsite operation and analyzing and evaluating returns demand supervision.
Thus, operation of meetings now come within the responsibility of
management within the corporate structure.
Definition of MICE:
Meeting is defined as the coming together of a group of

people with similar interests to accomplish some
predetermined goals or purposes. It may be employees of a
single company, members of the same association or
participants in a similar business.
Seminar is defined as the gathering of people with similar

interests for the purpose of giving and discussing information.
Seminars are of specific nature and are conducted by a
recognized expert in the field, and attended by persons
interested in the subject matter who are willing to pay the
required fee.
Workshop is a brief, intensive educational program for

relatively small group of people in a given field which
emphasizes participation in problem solving efforts or
situations.
Incentives are not meetings but many convention organizers

are also responsible for developing and operating incentive
programs. It denotes something that incites or has the
tendency to incite to determination or action.
Incentive programs begin with the structuring of a contest and

culminate with the awarding of prizes. These may be money,
products or a glamorous trip.
The most common objectives of the incentive program are:

1. to increase sales;
2. to increase production; and
3. to improve quality control or solve problems
211
Convention is an assembly of people for a common business

purpose and social interchange between the attendees. The
meeting manager must organize not only the business or the
convention, but also the extensive social program consisting
of cocktail parties, theme-parties, tours and spouses
programs, and activities for children.
Conference is a formula of interchanging of views, and a

meeting to discuss matters of common concern.
It implies participation, consultation and interchange of ideas

by all the attendees.
It is a give and take of ideas and opinions that allow for mutual
participation in the process of idea exchange. Congress is
similar to international conventions in the European context.
Exhibitions are also known as ―trade events‖, and consist of

a series of exhibit booths in which people show their wares,
hoping to influence attendees towards ordering or purchasing
their wares .
A trade show may be an integral part of another type of

meeting, or it may stand by itself.
Other Classifications and Definitions
 Clinic is a group of meeting devoted to analyzing solutions of concrete

problems, or to the acquiring of specific skills or knowledge in a
particular field.
 Retreat is a period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation, or study of
instructions under a director.
 Conclave is any private meeting or secret assembly such as that held
to elect a new pope. It may also be applied in the boardroom of a
corporation, when the directors meet in secret to discuss a possible
hostile takeover.
 Assembly is a company of persons gathered for deliberation and
legislation, worship or entertainment.
 Class is a body of students meeting regularly to study the same
subjects.
212
 Press conference is a very special kind of meeting where members of

the media (newspapers, magazines, radio, and television) are invited
to a gathering to be given information on some new event or
development.
 Forum and symposium are two similar types of meetings, although
the symposium is perhaps the more formal of the two. Both employ
discussions led by speakers or panels, and allow for questions and
comments from the floor.
 Lecture may be a part of a program of another meeting, or it may be a
session by itself. This is a formal presentation of a single person
generally on a single subject.
 Panel is a meeting where a group of experts with diverse views on the
same subject presents ideas, under the direction of a moderator.
The Bidding Process
It involves a proposal for the management of the corporate travel

requirements from the travel management company to the corporation or an
event management proposal from the event planner to the event organizer,
when these do not have an in-house department to plan and manage the
travel arrangement of the event.
A corporate bid normally includes the following (E. Murer 2003):
1. Scope of services
 Specifies the goals to be accomplished
 Summarizes the scope of services to be provided
 May include the phases in the corporate travel management cycle:
i. assessment and evaluation;
ii. negotiating and contracting;
iii. travel policies and budget;
iv. implementation of travel policies procedures;
v. managing corporate travel operations; and
vi. reporting and analyzing performance.
 For the event management, it must include:
i. site facilities and assessment;
ii. negotiating and contracting;
iii. event management procedures;
iv. execution;
v. managing, and monitoring the event; and generating relevant
reports on the event.
213
2. Services and support staff and equipment

 Provide the listing of staff support to be provided, their qualifications
and experience
3. Professional fees
 Detail the professional fees due for services rendered
4. Terms and conditions

 Focus on three general concerns:
i. Confidentiality – the agreement should not disclose confidential
information to anyone except as may be specifically authorized
ii. Conflict of interest – any direct or indirect issue or policy conflict
– even if minor or remedial – which may arise from the travel
management company‘s retention by the corporate client must
be revealed, including any joint venture that is deemed as
conflict of interest.
iii. Illegal information brokering – an approach done by the
suppliers which offer them confidential information to obtain
business through corruption of the competitive bidding process
– which is in no case should be put to practice.
Managing Business Travel
Corporate travel management, that is, the management of business

travel involves a renewing cycle that starts immediately upon the appointment
of a travel management company up to the service of the corporate travel
needs of multinational, transnational, or domestic corporations.
The following are the steps to follow (ADLehmann):
1. Evaluation and assessment of the travel requirements. Basically, it involves

gathering and analyzing information in the following areas:
a. Reason for official travel - involves soliciting information on the

reason/s for official company travel.
b. Frequency of travel - determines the number of trips per annum,
number of trips during low and high reasons in the origin and/or
destination cites or countries.
c. Primary destinations - analyses the destinations most often
visited, either as a market destination where clients abound, or
a supply destination where the raw materials come from.
214
2. Identifying, negotiating and contracting vendors. This forecast is

determined after the information gathered is analyzed and evaluated. Open
negotiations between the vendor, the vendee and the intermediary is the key
to effective corporate travel management. Negotiations must include:
a. Preferred carriers refers to those that fly the most, if not all of
the destinations frequented by the corporation‘s travelers.
b. Preferred hotel
c. Vendors‟ terms and conditions
3. Developing (or revising) corporate travel policies, procedures and budget.
a. Policies and procedures are sets of rules and regulations within

the framework of the corporate travel program. Some travel
policy highlights are:
i. Reservations – all air travel reservations should be made
through the authorized travel management company
ii. Airfares - employees should make reservations as soon
as the date of travel is confirmed. Discount fares are
often available from airlines with advance purchases and
other stipulations.
iii. Routing – direct service or connections are less
expensive than no-stop service.
iv. Layovers - are included in the time provided for the
scheduled layover.
v. Corporate Credit Card – an employer is issued a
corporate card. He/she is required to use it for business
travel only and does not have the option of using a
personal card.
b. Developing (or revising) it can be developed or revised

according to the findings and developments mentioned in the
preceding stages of the corporate travel management.
4. Implementing travel policies and procedures.

a. Implementing the travel policies and procedures involves the
day-to-day application of the company‘s travel policies and
procedures.
215
b. This is the critical aspect in the travel management as it

reinforces point of sale compliance.
i. Travel authorizations – a copy of the travel order
must be posted on the employee‘s file.
ii. Approval powers – the employee‘s department head
normally grants the power to approve the expenses
related to the employee‘s travel itinerary as a
regular part of the monitoring and approval process.
iii. Rank entitlements – some corporate ranks, like
managers, are directors are authorized above the
normal or average class of service standards.
5. Managing Corporate Travel operations.
a. This involves managing the point of sale activities

(reservations, ticketing, hotel and car rental vouchering) and
monitoring quality assurance plus the appropriate internal audit
procedures to monitor compliance and tracking non-
compliance.
i. It starts with the itinerary planning and ends with the
post-trip report.
6. Reporting and analyzing performance.
a. This stage involves generating all the necessary reports that

enable analysis of performance vis-à-vis the corporate travel
objectives goals. This stage consists of:
i. Generating and analyzing reports;
ii. Report violations; and
iii. Monitoring compliance.
216
A. Just pick it up! From the box below, choose the term that best
fits the description/definition stated in each item. Write your answer
on the space provided before the number.
Meeting Seminar Workshop

Incentives Conventions Conference
Exhibitions Clinic Assembly
Panel
___________1. Defined as the coming together of a group of people

with similar interests to accomplish some
predetermined goals or purposes.
___________2. A brief, intensive educational program for a relatively

small group of people in a given field emphasizing
participation in problem solving efforts or situations.
___________3. An assembly of people for a common business

purpose and social interchange between attendees.
___________4. Also known as ―trade events,‖ and consist of a series

of exhibit booths in which people show their wares,
hoping to influence attendees towards ordering or
purchasing their wares.
___________5. A group of meeting devoted to analyzing solutions of

concrete problems, or to acquire specific skills or
knowledge in a particular field.
___________6. A company of persons gathered for deliberation and

217
___________7. A meeting where a group of experts with diverse views

on the same subject presents ideas in turn, under the
direction of a moderator.
___________8. A formula of interchanging of views, and a meeting to

discuss matters of common concern.
___________9. Are not meetings but many convention organizers are

also responsible for developing and operating
incentive programs.
__________10. Defined as the gathering of people with similar

interests for the purpose of giving and discussing
information.
C. Try to point out what is meant by MICE. Why is there a need to take
this? Work in pairs and perform a worthy exchange of ideas.
Afterwards, construct a report on your activity and present it in
class.
D. In an interview with any travel management company

representative, ask him/her on how bidding is done. Record
important details that you can get from him/her, and present it
significant data gathered during class discussion.

ACTIVITIES
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
218
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 3 Describe the Intranets and
Outcome
Extranets in Travel Management
Objectives
1. describe the corporate usage of intranets and extranets;

and
2. define cost-plus concept.
Intranets and Extranets in the World of Corporate Travel
An intranet connects a company‘s computers to each other internally,

making information stored on each computer available to authorized users
within the company. Areas of an intranet that can be accessed by outsiders –
such as vendors and clients – are called extranets.
Both the intranet and the extranet have become very popular Internet
applications.
Intranet
 It provide the last frontier in the dissemination of corporate travel
policies and procedures, and the enforcement of rules, regulations
and restrictions pertaining to travel.
 Employees can share software, and send and receive text,
graphics, video and sound within the intranet.
 With the proper authorization, intranets can be accessed from
desktops and laptops in the workplace, at home, and on the road.
 This application allows individual business travelers to connect to
up-to-date travel information sources using their own desktop or
laptop computers.
 Travel orders can be electronically transmitted via the intranet to
the travel department or via the internet to the authorized/official
travel management company and from there via the internet
airlines, hotels, car rental agencies and the like.
 It also processes and issues automated travel documents and,
billings, and the generates corresponding reports for the travel
management company and the client corporation.
219
 This system reduces the need for human intervention in the

transaction.
 Unlike consumer-oriented Internet booking agents, such as
Expedia or Travelocity, corporate online systems permit
companies to enforce their travel policies, including using
preferred airlines or hotels which the company has negotiated
rates (E. Murer 2003).
 In short, intranet‘s great advantages increase efficiency and
reduce costs. Because the intranet is a tool that selectively
facilitates communications between the organization and the
individual, the traditional role of the intermediary is becoming
increasingly difficult.
Extranets
 It can be accessed by outsiders such as vendors and clients.
 These applications are also available in the travel and tourism
industry, particularly in the area of tour operations, and meeting
and convention management.
 When sourcing information on rates and schedules of
transportation company, for example, a prospective traveler is, in
fact, visiting an extranet site that provides the information sought,
quickly, accurately, and reliably.
Cost-Plus Concept
 The concept of cost-plus is that all travel expenses are treated as
cost by the TMC. it may be direct cost, actual cost of the vendors‘
products and services, or indirect costs not related to the vendor‘s
products and services.
i. Direct costs are negotiated, open and owned by the vendor,
when negotiated by the vendee with the expertise and advice
of the TMC.
ii. Indirect costs may be fixed, as those incurred with salaries
and wages, rent, utilities and the like, or variables, those
incurred on a need basis, such as representation expense for
government agencies and expenses for extraordinary
requirements.
iii. All costs are identified, analyzed, classified and tagged
according to a mutually agreed nomenclature.
220
iv. The plus is the professional fee due the TMC. It is a pre-
agreed amount that may be based on a percentage of the
costs, or a flat management fee per transaction.
v. It enables the vendor to analyze the total expenses of the
organization and to determine ways to cut, control or to
maximize it. Other benefits are:
1. It manages the travel spent;
2. All costs are open and transparent, eliminating doubts
and afterthoughts, resulting in peace of mind; and
3. It is self-generated or it has linkages to TMC.
Evaluation and selection of corporate bids

 Normally, the selection of a qualified candidate TMC will depend
on the demonstrated experience, resources, and financial
stability to serve the travel-related needs of the corporation.
 Selection criteria, not necessarily in order of priority, include, but
are not limited to:
i. a clear, concise and comprehensive written proposal
addressing all aspects of corporate client‘s terms of
reference;
ii. the experience, relevant qualification and commitment of the
management team to consistently provide high quality;
iii. the ability to manage a company-wide travel program and
provide reports on air, hotel, car rental, and ground
transportation;
iv. data management capabilities utilized to produce
consolidated management information reports in a timely
fashion that track travel patterns of company employees and
identify new opportunities;
v. creativity and innovation in the design of a travel program that
is goal-oriented and a motivation for all concerned;
vi. proactive and responsive management structure and
organization;
vii. the successful experience in the implementation of the
corporate travel program and demonstrated capability to
implement all services without interruptions, including staffing
up for large turnover and availability of pockets of
reservations teams, whenever necessary;
221
viii. in place systems for identifying discount opportunities, and

saving programs and international faring capabilities while
maintaining consistency with the company‘s travel policies
and airline market share commitments;
ix. the competitiveness of professional fee and commitment
toward ongoing cost optimization; and
x. the technology tools, capabilities, and advice brought in to
deliver the daily travel operations, and to structure innovative,
effective technology solutions to optimize the travel program
performance.
A. Keep on the Attachment! Complete the learning organizer by

attaching bits of information to the main idea as indicated.
222
B. Create a Venn diagram and point out the similarities and

differences of Intranets and Extranets. Share to the class, and
check if your answers are similar with your classmates‘ through a
question-and-response technique. If possibilities of a worthy
reaction arise, record the salient features of your classmate‘s work,
then improve your work.
C. Create a poem or any other literary work about cost-plus concept.

Let your classmate receive something that piques their interest.
OVERALL EVALUATION
Directions: Level
Ask the teacher
to assess your 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision, and
performance in with initiative and adaptability to problem
the following situations.
critical task and 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without
criteria below 4 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires
You will be rated 1 - Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but
based on the requires considerable assistance and/or
overall supervision.
evaluation on
the right side.
The instructor will indicate his initial on the level achieved.

1. Why are corporations moving towards in-house travel
management?
2. How is corporate travel a cost-saver in the corporate world?
3. Why is MICE a component of corporate travel management?
4. What are the six (6) phases of corporate travel management?
5. Differentiate intranet from extranet.
223
Let’s Do it!
Case Study
Based on the client corporation assigned to your class group, prepare

the following:
1. External – as a travel management company bidding for a

corporate account:
a. a written corporate bid or proposal

b. a power point sales presentation
2. Internal – as an in-house travel department:
a. a travel management plan and budget

b. a travel management plan power point presentation
Post Test 3
A. MULTIPLE CHOICE. Read the statement carefully and choose the letter
that best describes the statement. Write your answer in your quiz notebook.
1. Which of the following is NOT an aim of counter-counseling?

a. concludes counter sales, which are transactions captured by
the travel counselors or counter staff
b. provides information, and recommends suitable and
attractive products
c. suggests itineraries and insures proper travel documentation
d. selects direct, non-stop flights from one point to another,
until final destination
224
2. It is a complete record of all the requirements of the passenger, and

provides a history of actions taken, confirmation, option dates, and
relevant information.
a. Booking Card
b. Itinerary Card
c. Passport
3. It is the process by which cities to be visited are arranged in the

desired sequence to conform with the passenger‘s desired travel
plans, starting from the point of origin to the destinations to be
visited in the desired sequence.
a. Counter-Counseling
b. Flight Itinerary Planning
c. Arrival-departure Planning
d. Crisscrossing
4. What does GMT stands for?

a. Gold Mean Time
b. Greenwhich Mean Time
c. Gross Mean Time
d. Go Mean Time
5. This is the flight schedule requested by the client‘s itinerary.

a. Flight Itinerary
b. Estimated Time of Arrival
c. Estimated Time of Departure
d. Passenger‘s Number Record
6. What do you call the traditional way of placing reservation before

the advent of e-commerce and the internet?
225
7. It is through the supplier‘s email address and interactive website

that accepts reservations, and provides confirmations.
d. a, b and c
8. What is the method that provides the availability of a service first,

allowing the client to make a choice?
a. Automated Reservation
c. Manual Reservation
d. Direct Reservation
9. Provides airline schedules for more than 780 airlines and available
information for flights that have seat available for sale on more than
460 airlines.
a. Amadeus Automated Reservation System
b. Amadeus Direct Reservation System
c. Amadeus Electronic Reservation System
d. Amadeus Manual Reservation System
10. The name of a flight that operates between two cities and does not
make any stops.
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
change online or interline in one or more cities en route.
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
226
12. Referred to as an online flight that operates between two cities with
a change of aircraft at an international city.
a. Non-stop Flight
b. Direct Flight
13. It contains flights that submit schedule dates to Amadeus

irrespective of the availability of status of their flights.
a. Schedule Display
14. It contains flights of all airlines between a specific city pair for a
one-week period.
a. Schedule Display
15. The meaning of PNR

a. Passenger Name Record
b. Pre Name Record
c. Post Name Record
d. Parliamentary Name Record
16. This refers to those who own or are owners-managers of their

respective business enterprises, who travel for various reasons.
a. Mariners
c. Businesspersons
17. The name of those travelers who represent the company in events
overseas, or to attend corporate affairs in a multinational setting.
a. Mariners
c. Businesspersons
227
18. It is defined as the coming together of a group of people with similar

a. Meetings
b. Seminars
c. Workshops
d. Incentives
19. It denotes something that incites or has the tendency to incite to

determination or action.
a. Meetings
b. Seminars
c. Workshops
d. Incentives
20. It refers to an assembly of people for a common business purpose

and social interchange between attendees.
a. Convention
b. Conference
c. Exhibitions
d. Seminars
21. It refers to ―trade events,‖ and consists of a series of exhibit booths.

a. Convention
b. Conference
c. Exhibitions
d. Seminars
22. This is a group of meeting devoted to analyzing solutions of

concrete problems, or to acquire specific skills or knowledge in a
particular field
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly
228
23. This is a period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation, or study of

instructions under a director
a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly
24. It refers to a company of persons gathered for deliberation and

a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly
25. The name of a body of students meeting regularly to study the

same subjects.
a. Class
b. Clinic
c. Press Conference
d. Panel
26. It refers to a meeting where a group of experts with diverse views

on the same subject present ideas in turn, under the direction of a
moderator.
a. Class
b. Clinic
c. Press Conference
d. Panel
27. It means that any direct or indirect issue or policy conflict must be
revealed, including any joint venture that is deemed as conflict of
interest.
a. Confidentiality
b. Conflict of Interest
c. Illegal Information Brokering
d. Point of View
229
28. It pertains to the proposal of travel arrangement for the event from
the travel management company to the corporation or an event
management proposal from the event planned to the event
organizer, when these do not have an in-house department to plan
and manage the travel management of the event.
a. Binding Process
b. Contract
c. Transaction
d. Illegal Information Brokering
29. It refers to any private meeting or secret assembly.

a. Clinic
b. Retreat
c. Conclave
d. Assembly
30. This involves managing the point of sale activities (reservations,

ticketing, hotel and car rental vouchering) and monitoring quantity
assurance plus the appropriate internal audit procedures to monitor
compliance and tracking non-compliance.
a. Implementing travel policies and procedures.
b. Managing Corporate travel operations.
c. Reporting and analyzing performance
d. Monitoring compliance
QUARTER IV
Overview
Travel in its full delight is something that satisfies inner feeling. It is
experiencing happiness coupled with fulfillment while taking an exploration –
a sense, in which at some point, propels an individual to realize his/her
raison‗d‘être, to quench human nature‘s thirst of being on top of the grounds
trying to blend with people of diverse ethnicities which would eventually jump-
start a new sphere of friendship. This is why travel is essential; it makes us
recognize the world as a warm, breathing tapestry of multicolored threads that
are beautifully woven together to form a whole; it molds one‘s personality, and
consequently fortifies one‘s identity.
Since the dawn of time, in the course of history, the thaumaturgic birth
of nature set forth a challenge to humanity – a challenge to discover and
develop creative ways in order to survive in an arena of madcap. From this
seemingly hopeless commencement of civilization, millennia after, humans
were able to listen to countless voices of inner spirits, whispering, even
clamoring for change – TECHNOLOGY AROSE!
One response to this challenge is the development of transportation –
as product of an evolving technology. We started with the term „bangka‟, and
thereafter, a motor boat, now we have ships or large vessels gracefully
floating on seas with luxurious amenities. Or, from an origami airplane in
which air is the sole passenger, to a real, enormous airplane that could carry
hundreds of people, and bring them safe and sound to a certain destination in
just a blink of an eye - the astounding upshot of progress, of technology.
In this quarter of the module, let us drift in the flow of development and
technology, with a purpose, that is, learning the latest innovations in terms of
travel management and other products that contribute to society‘s stride on a
higher degree of legacy.
Lesson 1 dwells on how the corporate travel management of an
organization works. Effective corporate travel management facilitates the
tracking and control of costs, monitors adherence to corporate travel policies,
realizes savings through negotiated discounts or special rates, and serves as
a source of information center for managers and employees.
This lesson aims to describe and differentiate the various accounting
documents used in travel management and tour operations, and their flow
between the client/traveler, the TMC/travel agency and the suppliers, and
between the TMC/travel agency, the tour operator and suppliers.
Metro Manila Escape
Manila is one of the liveliest capital cities on the planet, but it is also
a city of great diversity, where luxury, affluence and tourist attractions are
somewhat interspersed with squalor and poverty. It is this diversity that
makes Manila such a fascinating tourist destination, and a city where
things are rarely quiet and attractions are plentiful.
Five-star hotels and restaurants, some of them housed in historic
buildings, make the perfect party place in the city. The nightlife offers
everything from dazzling cultural shows to futuristic discotheques, lively
casinos, sensational entertainment lounges, and fashionable cafes. The
popular districts of Malate and Ermita showcase a wide array of
restaurants, clubs, bars, cafes, art and antique shops – truly, the ultimate
cosmopolitan paradise.
Manila is geographically advantaged. It is an hour or two away from
full-day excursions to Cavite and Corregidor Island, Batangas, and Laguna,
replete with exceptionally beautiful beaches, stunning views, and local
color. The city is over 17 hours away by air from Los Angeles, less than
five hours from Tokyo, and seven and a half hours from Sydney.
Wherever you are, you are less than a day away from one of Asia‘s
greatest cities – Manila.
Icon for
Objective
s
This quarter has the following objectives:
1. describe the tour and travel products;

2. identify the maritime travel products;
3. determine the types of lodging/accommodation
establishments in the Philippines;
4. discuss the group travel arrangements;
5. process travel and tour accounting documents; and
6. follow procedures for airline ticket payment through the
banking system.
Pretest - 4
A. MULTPLE CHOICE. For each item, read the sentence/s or phrase/s
carefully and write the letter of the correct answer on your sheet of paper.
2. It refers to a flight class that features individual air-conditioned cabins.

e. Executive Sleeper Class
f. Family Sleeper Class
g. Deluxe Class
h. Economic Class
3. The cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches on each

side which can sit up to three people.
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
4. It features four-bed air-conditioned cabins: two beds on each side, with

one stacked on top of the other.
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
5. It features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side of the

cabin.
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
6. The other term for Line LRT-1.

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line
7. The first metro system in Southeast Asia, built earlier than the
Singapore MRT by three years.
a. Manila LRT
b. Manila RRT
c. Manila LTR
d. Manila LRTA
8. The other term for Line MRT-2.

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line
10. The meaning of AGT.

a. Automated Guideway Transit
b. Automatic Guideway Transit
c. Autorun Guideway Transit
d. Air Guideway Transit
operates the ―Sail Away‖ inclusive tour packages.
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises
12. Operates various packages, on board its own fleet of interisland

vessels, to eight (8) major tourist destinations in country.
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises
13. The first global cruise line with the youngest and most exciting fleet of
cruises ships in the world
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises
14. It refers to sightseeing tours with other individual on a first-come-first-
accommodation basis, on scheduleed departures.
a. Seat-in-coach
b. Private Tours
c. Escorted Tours
15. The half-day or full day tours to sights and sites of interest in the
destinations country.
a. Seat-in-coach
b. Private Tours
c. Escorted Tours
16. A retail business that sells travel products and services to customers
on behalf of suppliers.
a. Travel Agency
b. Retail Agency
c. Product Agency
d. Suppliers Agency
17. It refers to a special travel arrangement for pilgrims, students and any
other form of travel that does not fall under the previous category.
a. Ad Hoc
b. Ad Coalium
c. Ad Initio
d. Prima Facie
18. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as repatriation,

death, unforeseen accommodations and travel expenses, and loss of
personal effects.
a. Health Insurance
b. Travel Insurance
c. Business Insurance
d. Death and Loss insurance
19. The card that provides health and accident security overseas in a
manner that the host in-country handles all the necessary
requirements a traveler may have.
a. Tour Card
c. Assist Card
d. Departure Card
20. It covers a wide selection of products and services available directly

from principals or through travel management companies.
a. Miscellaneous Travel-related Service
b. Miscellaneous Travel-unrelated Service
c. Miscellaneous Arrival-related Service
d. Miscellaneous Departure-related Service
21. The meaning of IATA.

22. This covers all the transactions in the field.

a. Tour Voucher
b. Assist Card
c. Departure Clearance Card
d. Travel Guide Card
23. The document prepared by the reservations staff, requesting space or

services from suppliers.
a. Booking Order
b. Tour Order
c. Assist Order
d. Checking order
24. The meaning of BSP.

a. Board Settlement Plan
b. Billing Settlement Plan
c. Billing System Plan
d. Billing Systematic Plan
25. The meaning of ADM.

d. Agency Dire Memo
26. The meaning of MPD.

a. Multi-planning Documents
b. Multipurpose Documents
c. Multiple Planning and Purpose Documents
d. Multilingual Purpose Documents
27. It characterized as a Retailer because it normally transacts business

and sells directly only to the traveler.
c. AITA/ Travel Agency
a. Assist Cards
b. Health Cards
c. Traveler Card
d. Doctor- patient Card
29. It deals with the medical assistance – expense reimbursements and

insurance benefits.
a. Health Insurance
b. Fire insurance
c. Expense Insurance
d. Travel insurance
30. Publication of the Reed Travel group which offers a comprehensive

listing of hotels worldwide
31. It brings unique style to the sea with its ships Disney Magic and Disney
Wonder
b. Land Cruise
d. Princess Cruise
LESSON 1 TOUR AND TRAVEL PRODUCTS

Icon for
Learning
Outcome
Learning Outcome 1 Describe the Tour and Travel Products
Objectives
At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following:
4. explain why travel agents in the Philippines have

products and services other than the sale of air passage
and the processing of travel documents; and
5. describe tour and travel products.
Travel within the country can be affected by surface transformation

such as motor or by railroad such as motor coach or by railroad. A summary
of the services available on these train are explained below. (Claravall 2008)
1. TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
1. Philippine National Railways (PNR)

 It currently operates two overnight intercity services: the Bicol
Express between Manila and Naga, Camarines Sur which resumed on
June 29, 2011 after a five-year absence, and the Mayon
Limited between Manila and Ligao in Albay.
 Additional services are expected in the future as the rehabilitation of
the PNR network progresses.
 Train service is comparable to (or slower than, due to delays) buses in
terms of speed, but is more comfortable owing to the use of donated
Japanese coaches for the service.
 The Bicol Express and Mayon Limited are not non-stop services: from
Tutuban, Manila's main train station, the train calls at several points in
Metro Manila, Laguna, Quezon and Camarines Sur before arriving in
Naga (and Albay before arriving in Ligao for the Mayon Limited).
 It is possible to travel between any two points served by the services,
and fares are distance-based. Children under three feet may travel for
free.
There are currently four classes of service on the Bicol Express:
 Executive sleeper class

Features individual air-conditioned cabins.
Each cabin has a bed, pull-down armrests so that a portion
of the bed can be used as a chair, and a small table.
Washrooms are available inside the coach.
 Family sleeper class
Features four-bed air-conditioned cabins: two beds on each
side, with one stacked on top of the other.
Access to the top bunk is via a foldable ladder between
both sides of the cabin, and cabins are separated from the
aisle with a curtain.
The PNR promotes this class for the use of families
traveling together, although it is possible to book an
individual bed.
 Reclining air-conditioned economy class (or deluxe class)
Features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side
of the cabin.
On some coaches, it is possible to rotate the chairs so that
passengers may face each other.
 Economy class (or ordinary class)
It is the cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered
benches on each side which can sit up to three people.
Ventilation is provided via overhead ceiling fans.
 On the Mayon Limited, only reclining air-conditioned economy class
("deluxe") and regular economy class are offered. However, unlike
the Bicol Express, the Mayon Limited provides services using two
different trains: the "deluxe" service operates on Mondays,
Wednesdays and Fridays, while the "economy" service operates on
Tuesdays, Thursdays and Sundays.
 Passengers on PNR intercity services are entitled to a free baggage
allowance of 20 kilograms.
 It is possible to pre-book seats on intercity trains by calling the PNR
at +63 (2) 319-0044. Pre-booking seats is recommended during peak
travel seasons (especially during Holy Week and in September,
during the Peñafrancia Festival in Naga), where trains can be full.
 However, the PNR does send a second, all-economy supplementary

overnight train on certain days during peak seasons if traffic demand
warrants it.
 Timetables and fares for all services, including supplementary
services, are announced on the PNR's website and also on its official
Facebook profile.
 The PNR also operates the Commuter Express in Metro Manila, a
once-daily commuter service between Manila and, Laguna (which is
also part of the Commuter Express, but uses different trains), and
the Bicol Commuter between Naga and the towns in Camarines Sur
and Albay.
2. Light Rail Transit Automated System
 The Manila LRTA System is the main metropolitan rail system
serving the Metro Manila area of the Philippines.
 There are two lines to the LRT: LRT-1, called the Yellow Line and
MRT-2, called the Purple Line.
 Although the system is referred to as a ―Light Rail‖ system, arguably
because the network is mostly elevated, the system is more akin to
a rapid transit (metro) system in European-North American terms.
 The Manila LRT is the first metro system in Southeast Asia, built
earlier than the Singapore MRT by three years.
 Quick and inexpensive to ride, the LRT serves 605,000 passengers
each day.
 Every day, around 430,000 passengers board the Yellow Line, and
175,000 ride the Purple Line.
 Its 31 stations along over 31 kilometers (19 mi) of mostly elevated
track form two lines. LRT Line 1, also called the Yellow Line, opened
in 1984 and travels a north–south route.
 All of the stations of the LRT are elevated, except for the Katipunan
Station (which is underground).
 It follows one of two different layouts. Most Yellow Line stations are
composed of only one level, accessible from the street below by
stairway, containing the station's concourse and platform areas
separated by fare gates.
 Many passengers who ride the LRT also take various forms of road-
based public transport, such as buses, to and from an LRT station to
reach their intended destination.
 A reusable plastic magnetic ticketing system has replaced the

previous token-based system, and the Flash Pass was introduced
as a step towards a more integrated transportation system.
3. Manila Metro Rail Transit Corporation System
 The MRTC System has a single line, MRT-3 or the Blue Line.
Although it has characteristics of a light rail, such as the type of
rolling stock used, it is more akin to a rapid transit system.
 It is not related to the Manila Light Rail Transit System. It is a
separate but linked system.
 One of its original purposes was to decongest Epifanio de los
Santos Avenue (EDSA), one of Metro Manila's main thoroughfares
and home to the MRT. Many commuters who ride the MRT also take
road-based public transport, such as buses, to reach the intended
destination from an MRT station.
 MRT has been only partially successful in decongesting EDSA, and
congestion is further aggravated by the rising number of motor
vehicles.
 The expansion of the system to cover the entire stretch of EDSA is
expected to contribute to current attempts to decongest the
thoroughfare and to cut travel times.
 The single line serves 13 stations on 16.95 kilometers (10.5 mi) of
line.
 It is mostly elevated, with some sections at grade or underground.
The line commences at North Avenue and ends at Taft
Avenue (Taft on the map), serving the cities that EDSA passes
through: Quezon City, Mandaluyong, Makati and Pasay.
 By 2004 MRT-3 had the highest ridership of the three lines, with
400,000 passengers daily.
4. Automated Guideway Transit System
 The AGD system in UP Diliman will be the first of its kind to be built
in the Philippines.
 Plans for the system were revealed as early as December of 2010.
 The groundbreaking ceremony was held on July 18, 2011.
 It is still currently under construction and it will be developed within
the campus of the UP Diliman in Quezon City.
 It will serve as test track for the first mass transit system to be built
and developed in the country by local engineers.
5. Road networks
 In addition to the existing network of national and local roads, the
Philippines has two additional road networks: an expressway
network and the Strong Republic Nautical Highway (SRNH) system.
 Luzon has an expressway network dominated by the North Luzon
Expressway (NLEX) and South Luzon Expressway (SLEX).
 These are tollways with good paved roads, are privately-maintained,
and the farthest tolls will not cost more than a few pesos dollars from
Metro Manila. Other expressways include the Subic-Clark-Tarlac
Expressway (a 94-kilometer 4-lane freeway connecting Subic Bay
and Tarlac) and the Bataan Provincial Expressway.
 Expressways are connected to the network of national highways and
provincial roads which connect to major cities and provinces.
 The Strong Republic Nautical Highway (SRNH) system is a three-
route network of national and provincial roads, bridges and roll-
on/roll-off (RO/RO) ferries which facilitate the connection of major
islands of the Philippines together by road, bringing down the cost of
driving (and, ultimately, lowering the cost of shipping goods between
islands).
 The SRNH system begins in Luzon and runs in a north-south
direction through the Visayas, and ultimately ends in Mindanao.
 The SRNH is useful for driving to tourist destinations outside Manila:
for example, it is possible to drive to both Puerto Galera and
Boracay from Manila via the Western Nautical Highway.
 SRNH routes are signposted and a map of the network and RO/RO
schedules are available from the Department of Tourism.
6. Car Rentals
 Car rental may be chauffer driven or self-driven or self-drives.
 Most travel agencies are able to book a selection of vehicle
types anywhere in the world.
 Major car rental companies have offices in all major cities of the
country, with pickup and drop off facilities.
 As a rule, a valid driver‘s license is required.
 This can be obtained at the Philippine Motorists Association for
a fee.
2. HOTEL ACCOMMODATION SERVICES (HAS)

Make yourself at home. HAS offers a variety of hotel
accommodation services, room accommodation services, hotel
accommodation facilities, room accommodation facilities, budget hotel
accommodation, hotel room accommodation, etc.
Hotel facilities may include:

1. Multi Cuisine Restaurant. It may serve vivid finger licking cuisine
ranging from Indian, Mughlai, Chinese and Continental and lots
more.
2. Cyber Café. It offers cyber cafe services that are available
round the clock for the easy access of Internet.
3. Banquet Hall. Banquet hall is an ideal place for both small and
large gatherings, be it conferences, seminars, parties, private
dinner, birthdays, etc. Spacious in size, the hall is aesthetically
designed and has a perfect ambiance.
4. Medical Support. To meet any emergency, it has a panel of
specialists and doctors, who are available on call 24/7.
5. Terrace Garden Restaurant. Terrace Garden Restaurant is a
perfect mix of fun and food. Experience the open Terrace
Garden Restaurant that offers delicacies ranging from gourmet
to casual delights.
6. Travel Desk. Travel desk offers a plethora of services related to
tours and travels. It includes ticketing services, cabs and luxury
coaches, air tickets, hotel bookings at other destinations etc.
Quick information and prompt assistance is provided to plan
your itinerary within and outside the city as well.
7. Business Aid. If you are planning a business meeting or
conference with a professional touch, this is what you‘ve been
looking for. It may be well equipped with all the facilities
including a PA system, projectors, document replication, etc.
8. Rooms. Experience the luxury with the highest level of comfort
that gives guests a complete home-like feeling. Room facilities
ma include:
 Fully air-conditioned rooms
 Round the clock service
 Uninterrupted power supply
 24 hours running hot and cold water
 Multi-channel cable television
 Telephone with international dialing
 Refrigerator in each room
 Laundry service
 Safe deposit lockers
9. Regal Suites. Offering the exuberance and lavishness of regal

suite combined with utmost comfort and artistic interiors.
3. SIGHTSEEING SERVICES
The Philippines offers an impressive selection of sightseeing
attractions. Tourists typically cling to the beaches, where white sands
and plenty of sunshine frame the day‘s activities. However, there is
equally more culture to encounter, with colonial architecture in most
major cities and outlying hill tribes highlighting the interiors of some
islands. Some of the sightseeing services are as follows:
1. Beaches and resorts
2. Islands
3. Theme parks
4. Malls
5. Historical places
6. World renowned places
7. Churches
8. Museums
9. Festivals and events
10. Food and Drink
4. CRUISE
A cruise ship or cruise liner is a passenger ship used for
pleasure voyages, where the voyage itself and the ship's amenities are
a part of the experience, as well as the different destinations along the
way. Transportation is not the prime purpose, as cruise ships operate
mostly on routes that return passengers to their originating port, so the
ports of call are usually in a specified region of a continent. There are
even "cruises to nowhere" or "nowhere voyages" where the ship
makes 2-3 day round trips without any ports of call.
On-board facilities. Most modern cruise ships feature the following

facilities:
1. Casino — Only open when the ship is at sea to avoid conflict
with local laws
2. Spa
3. Fitness center
4. Shops — Only open when ship is at sea to avoid merchandising
licensing and local taxes
5. Library
6. Theater with Broadway style shows
7. Cinema
8. Indoor and/or outdoor swimming pool with water slides

9. Hot tub
10. Buffet restaurant
11. Lounges
12. Gym
13. Clubs
14. Basketball courts
15. Pool tables
16. Ping pong tables (table tennis)
Some ships have bowling alleys, ice skating rinks, rock climbing
walls, miniature golf courses, video arcades, ziplines, surfing
simulators, basketball courts, tennis courts, chain restaurants and/or
ropes obstacle courses.
5. RESTAURANT AND OTHER ENTERTAINMENT

ESTABLISHMENTS
5.1 A restaurant is a business which prepares and serves food and

drink to customers in return for money, either paid before the meal,
after the meal, or with an open account. Meals are generally
served and eaten on the premises, but many restaurants also
offer take-out and food delivery services. Restaurants vary greatly
in appearance and offerings, including a wide variety of the main
chef's cuisines and service models.
Types
Restaurants may be classified or distinguished in many
different ways. The primary factors are usually the food itself
(e.g. vegetarian, seafood, steak); the cuisine (e.g. Italian, Chinese,
Japanese, Indian, French, Mexican, Thai) and/or the style of
offering (e.g. tapas bar, asushi train, a tastet restaurant,
a buffet restaurant or a yum cha restaurant). Beyond this,
restaurants may differentiate themselves on factors including
speed (see fastfood), formality, location, cost, service, or novelty
themes (such as automated restaurants).
Restaurants range from inexpensive and
informal lunching or dining places catering to people working
nearby, with simple food served in simple settings at low prices, to
expensive establishments serving refined food and fine wines in a
formal setting. In the former case, customers usually wear casual
clothing. In the latter case, depending on culture and local
traditions, customers might wear semi-casual, semi-
formal or formal wear. Typically, customers sit at tables, their

orders are taken by a waiter, who brings the food when it is ready.
After eating, the customers, then pay the bill.
For some time, the traveling public has been catered to with
ship's messes and railway restaurant cars which are, in effect,
traveling restaurants. (Many railways, the world over, also cater to
the needs of travelers by providing Railway Refreshment Rooms [a
form of restaurant] at railway stations.) In recent times, there has
been a trend to create a number of traveling restaurants,
specifically designed for tourists. These can be found on such
diverse places as trams, boats, buses, etc.
5.2 Bar (establishment)

Bars provide stools or chairs that are placed at tables or
counters for their patrons. Some bars have entertainment on a
stage, such as a live band, comedians, go-go dancers,
or strippers. Bars which offer entertainment or live music are often
referred to as music bars or nightclubs.
Types of bars range from dive bars to elegant places of
entertainment for the elite.
Many bars have a ―happy hour‖ to encourage off-peak
patronage. Bars that fill to capacity sometimes implement a cover
charge or a minimum purchase requirement during their peak
hours. Such bars often feature entertainment, which may be a live
band or a disc jockey (DJ) playing recorded music.
The term "bar" is derived from the specialized counter on
which drinks are served. Patrons may sit or stand at the bar and
be served by the bartender, or they may sit at tables and be
served by cocktail servers. The "back bar" is a set of shelves of
glasses and bottles behind the counter. In some establishments,
the back bar is elaborately decorated with woodwork, etched
glass, mirrors, and lights.
Entertainment
Bars categorized by the kind of entertainment they offer:
1. Blues bars specializes in live blues style of music.
2. Comedy bars specializes in stand-up comedy
entertainment.
3. Dance bars - which have a dance floor where patrons
dance to recorded music. But if a dance bar has a large
dance floor and hires well-known professional DJs, it is
considered to be a nightclub or discothèque.
4. Karaoke bars - have nightly karaoke as entertainment.

5. Music bars - specializes in live music (i.e. concerts).
6. Drag bars - have live show, where men dress as women
and generally lip-sync to recordings of female vocal artists;
often with hilarious results.
7. Salsa bars - patrons dance to Latin salsa music.
8. Sports bars - sports fans watch games on large-screen
televisions.
9. Topless bars - topless female employees dance or serve
drinks.
Patrons
Bars categorized by the kind of patrons who frequent them:
1. Biker bars - which are bars frequented by motorcycle
enthusiasts and (in some regions) motorcycle club
members
2. College bars - usually located in or near universities, where
most of the patrons are students.
3. Neighborhood bars - a bar that most of the patrons know
each other; it is generally close to home and is frequented
regularly
4. Cop bars - where off-duty law enforcement agents gather
5. Gay bars - where gay men or women dance and socialize
6. Mixed gay/straight bars
7. Singles-bars where (mostly) unmarried people of both
sexes can meet and socialize
8. Women's bars
A. IDENTIFICATION. On the space provided before the item number, write

ESC if the description pertains to Executive Sleeper Class, FSC if Family
Sleeper Class, DC if Deluxe Class and EC if Economy Class.
___________ 1. Ventilation is provided via the overhead ceiling fans
_______2. On some coaches, it is possible to rotate the chairs so that the
passengers can face each other.
_______3. The PNR promotes this class for the use of families traveling
together, although it is possible to book an individual bed.
_______4. Washrooms are available inside the coach.

_______5. Each cabin has a bed, pull-down armrests so that a portion of the
bed can be used as a chair, and a small table.
_______6. Access to the top bunk is via a foldable ladder between both sides
of the cabin, and cabins are separated from the aisle with a
curtain.
_______7. It is the cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches
on each side which can sit up to three people
_______8. It features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side of the
cabin.
_______9. It features four-bed air-conditioned cabins: two beds on each side,
with one stacked on top of the other.
______10. It features individual air-conditioned cabins.
B. ESSAY. Select any of the 3 topics below and make a composition: 10

(points)
1. Make an analysis on the existence of a wide array of systems in
Motor Coach and Rail Road Travel. Be able to justify by supporting
your stand with concrete ideas.
2. Discuss the current development of tourism industry from the
government point of view.
3. How can we effectively develop the tourism industry?

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
RESEARCH TIME
A. Research on:
1. The different classes of railway service in other countries. Record and
present the result of your activity during class discussion.
2. The symbols being used in these classes of railway service (if

available).
B. Clip Newspaper/magazine articles or pictures of Motor Coach or Rail Road

Travel. Then, reflect on by featuring its highlights or point of difference.
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 Identify the Maritime Travel Products
Outcome
Objectives
1. describe the other products and services of the

TMCs/travel agents; and
2. identify the various products of international cruise

companies and maritime products offered by the
domestic shipping lines in the Philippines.
The cruise products available in the Philippines today are divided into
Domestic and International. Let‘s get into details about these maritime
products:
A. Domestic
The only domestic cruises which are truly in consonance with the
definition of a sea voyage for leisure are the M/B Lagoon Explorer of Cruise
and Hotel Center, a twin-hulled wooden catamaran, with 10 cabins; and the
M/V Coco Explorer. The former sails from Coco, Busuanga, on a 4-day / 3-
night island hopping cruises of the Calamian group of island in northern
Palawan; while the latter sails from Mindoro to the same area of operation
during certain times of the year. The cruise fares vary in the region per
person, share-cabin basis.
The cruise products available in the Philippines are the following

according to Claravall, 2008:
1. Super Ferry
 The largest interisland shipping company in the Philippines
today which operates the ―Sail Away‖ inclusive tour packages,
which. Strictly speaking, are not cruises per se, since the
transportation component is provided by the company‘s fleet of
super ferries.
 These are large, steel-hull vessels with passenger carrying
capacities in the thousands, which cater primarily to commuters
and freight.
 The packaged tours visit twelve of the major tourist destinations
in the company‘s route network.
 Super ferry also operates the
i. Apex Apprenticeship - a “Vessel for Learning Program”, a
school-on-board learning program exclusively designed
for HRM, travel and tourism students and trainees. The
program combines onboard learning activities –
immersion, hands-on and lecture presentations – with
sightseeing and other ashore activities.
ii. The MarEx Maritime Experience is a similar program that
combines on-board learning activities – deck and engine
immersion, hands-on exercises and lecture-presentations
designed for Maritime cadets.
2. Negros Navigation Company (NENACO)

 It operates various packages on board its own fleet of
interisland vessels to eight (8) major tourist destinations in-
country.
 These products aim to attract the both student and domestic
markets.
3. Sun Cruises
 A tourism company of Magsaysay Lines, it operates regular
shuttle service on board a 120-seater Island Cruiser fast ferries,
to the island of Corregidor, 26 nautical miles south west of
Manila.
 This service is the transportation component of a full-day
Corregidor Excursion, which also includes a two-hour guided,
sightseeing tour of the war memorial and lunch at the
Corregidor Inn.
In addition to the foregoing cruises, there are also dive cruises to the
best known dive sites in the country, such a Bastera, Apo and Tubattaha
reefs in the Sulu Sea.
A. International
On the international scene, most of the major international cruise line

companies have representative offices or agents in the Philippines. The most
popular cruise areas in the world these days are the Mediterranean, the
Caribbean, the US west coast, Alaska, and, of late, the South China Sea.
1. Star Cruises
 It is the first global cruise line with the youngest and most
exciting fleet of cruise ships in the world. All vessels abound
with ward and friendly oriental service with true Asian
hospitality.
 It is the third largest cruise line in the world and ―the leading
cruise Line in Asia-Pacific.
 Cruise package fare starts at US$170 per person, for a 4-day/3-
night cruise, on share cabin basis.
2. Carnival Cruises
 This ships sails to more than 20 destinations namely: Alaska,
Glacier Bay, Northbound Alaska, Southbound Alaska,
Bahamas, Canada/new England, Caribbean, Easter, Western
and Southern Caribbean, Europe, Hawaii, Mexico, Baja Mexico,
Mexican Riviera, Panama Canal, Special Voyages, Bermuda,
Cruise to Nowhere Transatlantic.
 A cruise package fare starts at US$560 per person, on a share-
cabin basis.
3. Crystal Cruises
 It operates a 14-day cruise to South America, including
Barbados, Rio de Janeiro and Buenos Aires, and a 11-day
Pacific cruises from Acapulco, Los Angeles, San Francisco, and
Vancouver, among others.
 A cruise fare starts at US$2,190 per person, on a share-cabin
basis and include all normal shipboard service and facilities plus
all non-alcoholic beverages.
 The cruise fare does not include port, security and handling
charges, fuel surcharges, airfare, transfers, shore excursion,
sightseeing or meal ashore, taxes, gratuities, liquor, wines,
laundry or valet services, telephone, internet and email
communications, or any items or services of a personal nature
such as massage, spa services and hairstyling.
4. Royal Caribbean International

 Operates cruises in the Pacific Northwest, Mexico and Hawaii in
addition to the cruises in Alaska, Bermuda, the Caribbean and
Europe.
 The world‘s second-largest cruise line, this cruise is originally
known as the Royal Caribbean Cruise Lines which begun in the
1960‘s as a consortium of Norwegian ship owners who wanted
to get in on the rapidly expanding American market.
 This is the very first megaship of the modern era.
 The most sensational feature – aside from sheer size – was the
introduction of the first modern shipboard atrium, complete with
glass elevators and grand piano, reminiscent of an opulent hotel
– but, with a view no hotel could match.
5. Norwegian Cruise Lines

 It sets sail to over 140 ports of call on four continents from the
northern Europe ports of Amsterdam, Copenhagen, Oslo and
St. Petersburg to the Caribbean, Alaska, Europe and South
America, and Bermuda and Hawaii.
 A cruise package fare starts at US$1,239 per person, on a
share-cabin basis.
 It has over 60 itineraries to choose from. There‘s a big
difference between Norwegian Cruise Lines and other cruise
lines, and this is the Freestyle Cruising for travelers who want to
go on their own way.
 Norwegian Cruise Lines offer superb service and an abundance
of exciting activities and entertainment on all their ships.
6. Princess Cruise (PC)
 A fleet of luxury cruise liners of Princess Cruises offer activities
galore, and dinner and dancing delights in the cruise programs
to various cities in Europe, places in the Caribbean and Alaska,
Africa and China Cruise-tour, Asia, the Pacific, the south Pacific
and Hawaii.
 It offers a wide range of choices.
 All rates depend on the length of the cruise, passenger-type
(discounts for senior citizen and student available), type of
onboard accommodation.
 Inclusions are: cruise, meals, entertainment and all port taxes
and charges.
 PCs are available in the Philippines through Cruise Ship Travel,
Rajah Travel and Trades Travel Corporation.
7. Disney Cruise Line
 It brings its unique style to the sea with its ships Disney Magic
and Disney Wonder.
 Disney cruises are family-oriented, but both ships offer intimate
lounges and elegant dining for adults.
 It has an extensive children‘s program with age-specific
activities from 9 am to midnight.
 Ages 3 to late teens can dance with Snow White, go on a
search to find Nemo or relax in a teen-only area.
 On Disney cruises, parents receive pagers when they drop kids

off at children‘s facilities, so families are always in touch.
 Rates range from US$540 to US$1,240. Disney Cruise Line
tickets are available also at Disney land ticket outlets and in its
entire sales outlet all over the world.
All of the above cruise prices do not include the return airfare to the
place of embarkation/disembarkation, and prices depend on the type of cabin
booked and its location.
As a rule of thumb, all cruise rates are inclusive of meals (main meals,
and in-between snacks) and do not include drinks, shore excursion and
expenses of a personal nature, such as laundry and photos.
A. MODIFIED TRUE OR FALSE. Write TR if the statement is correct;

otherwise, change the underlined term to make the statement correct.
Write the answer on your quiz notebook.
__________ 1. NENACO is the largest interisland shipping company in the

Philippines today which operates the ―Sail Away‖ inclusive
tour packages.
___________2. Apex Apprentice Ship is a “Vessel for Learning Program” –
a school-on-board learning program exclusively designed for
HRM, travel and tourism students and trainees.
___________3. MarEx Maritime Experience is a similar program that
combines on-board learning activities – deck and engine
immersion, hands-on exercises and lecture-presentations
designed for Maritime cadets.
___________4. Super Ferry operates various packages on board its own
fleet of interisland vessels to eight (8) major tourist
destinations in the country.
___________5. Sun Cruises is a tourism company of Magsaysay Lines,
which operates a regular shuttle service.
___________6. Star Cruises is the first global cruise line with the youngest
and most exciting fleet of cruise ships in the world.
___________7. Carnival Cruise operates 14-day cruises to South America
and 11-day Pacific cruises from Acapulco, Los Angeles, San
Francisco, and Vancouver, among others.
___________8. Crystal Cruise fares start at US$3,190 per person on a
shared-cabin basis.
___________9. Norwegian Cruise Lines set sails to over 140 ports of call
on four continents.
__________10. Disney Cruise Line brings its unique style to the sea with its
ships Disney Magic and Disney Wonder.
RESEARCH TIME
A. Research on the new tour packages or programs of the different

travel agencies under the domestic and international scene.
B. Collect pictures of those ships of the different travel agency under
the domestic and international scene, and make a collage
promoting maritime products.
SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE OUTPUT

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 3
Outcome
Determine the Types of Lodging/ Accommodation
Establishments in the Philippines
Objectives
1. describe the accommodation and lodging establishments

in the Philippines and be able to cite some examples
each; and
2. identify the offers of these establishments.
Resorts and hotels are accommodation establishments with a leisure

component. It offers a wide variety of entertainment that will suit the needs
of your clients. It features virtually what you want in a hotel and resort.
Other amenities include alternative restaurants, an indoor promenade with
parades and more, and an array of bars and lounges catering to every
taste.
A. City Hotels
 Having reach a destination, a traveler will, invariably need a place to
rest.
 The TMC/travel agency is able to provide reservation services to its
clients.
 Clients however may opt to book direct with the property or via a travel
portal, although these are normally at premium rates.
 The alternative is making reservations through Outbound Tour
Operators –in country or through long-distance, fax messages, or e-
mail to Inbound Tour Operations in the destination country.
 The Hotel & Travel Index, a publication of the Reed Travel group,
offers a comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide. Five major hotel
chains and their respective company headquarters are listed below:
i. Holiday Inn Worldwide, Atlanta GA, USA
ii. Nikko Hotels International, Tokyo, Japan
iii. Hyatt Hotels Corporations, Chicago, IL, USA
iv. Sheraton Hotel & Resorts, New York, USA
v. Shangri-La Hotel and Resort, Hong Kong, China
B. Resorts
 Beach-side, river-side, lake-side, mountain-side and the like are
normally situated here.
 The TMC/travel agent is able to provide reservation service to
its clients at contracted rates, or through the hotel
representative office in the country of residence.
 Like hotel reservations, the alternative is making web-based
reservations directly or via a travel portal, or through Outbound
Tour Operators in-country, or through long-distance, fax
messages, or e-mail to Inbound Tour Operators in the
Destination country.
 The Hotel & Travel Index, a publication of the Reed Travel
group, offers a comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide. Five
major hotel chains and their respective company headquarters
are listed below:
i. Shangri-La Hotel and Resorts, Hong Kong, China
ii. Banyan Tree Hotels and Resorts, Singapore
iii. Four Seasons Hotel and Resorts, Canada
iv. Ten Knots, Philippines
v. Le Meridien, New York
C. Other Lodging Facilities

 There are a host of other lodging establishments where the
TMC/travel agent is able to provide services to its clients.
 The alternative is making website reservations direct or via a
travel portal, or through Outbound Tour Operators in-country, or
through long-distance, fax messages, or e-mail to Inbound Tour
Operators in the destination country.
D. Sightseeing Packages
 These can be purchased either on a seat-in-coach or private
tour basis.
i. Seat-in-coach refers to sightseeing tours with other
individuals on a first-come-first-accommodation basis, on
scheduled departures; while
ii. Private tours are operated exclusively for certain
individuals.
 Sightseeing tours are half-day or full day tours to sights and

sites of interest in the destination country.
 Tour combinations are a combination of two or more travel
components that normally include at least one (1) night in the
destination country or city.
 These types of packages vary according to the travelers
requirements.
 Tour packages are classified as follows:
i. ground arrangements;
ii. land arrangements inclusive of tour packages; and
iii. inclusive escorted tour packages.
 All of the major domestic and inbound tour operators in the
Philippines offer packages to the major tourist destination in the
country, such as Baguio and Banaue in the north, Cebu, Iloilo,
Tacloban and Boracay in the Visayas, Palawan and major sites
in Mindanao.
A. FILL IN THE BLANKS. For each item, write on the empty

space/s, the word/term that would best satisfy the meaning of
the sentence.
1. The ______________are able to provide reservation services to its

clients.
2. Clients however may opt to book direct with the _________or
via______________, although these are normally at premium
rates.
3. The alternative is making reservations through_________________
in-country or through long-distance, fax messages, or e-mail to
Inbound Tour Operations in the destination country.
4. ___________________are a combination of two or more travel
components that normally include at least one (1) night in the
destination country or city.
5. _______________are half-day or full day tours to sights and sites
of interest in the destination country.
6. ________________are operated exclusively for certain individuals.

7. _________________refers to sightseeing tours with other
individuals on a first-come-first-accommodation basis, on
scheduled departures
8. The__________________, a publication of the Reed Travel Group,
offers a comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide.
9. Tour packages are classified as
follows:_______________;______________; and inclusive
____________________.
10. All of the major ___________and _______________in the
Philippines offer packages to the major tourist destination in the
country, such as Baguio and Banaue in the north, Cebu, Iloilo,
Tacloban and Boracay in the Visayas, Palawan and major sites in
Mindanao.
RESEARCH TIME
A. Bring samples of travel agency leaflets or brochures. Be able to

tell which one offers the best service to your classmates by giving
its special features and why do you consider it as the best service
being offered to prospective travelers.
B. Make an album, and put yourself in the shoes of a prospective
traveler or the owner of the travel agency. Think of all the possible
imaginary things to be included in your album (portfolio). Be
creative.

PERFORMANCE
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
Icon for
Learning
Outcome Learning Outcome 4
Discuss the Group Travel Arrangements
Objectives
1. define group travel arrangements;

2. describe the travel insurance/assist card; and
3. assist travelers to select the best products and services
offered.
Planning a trip for business or pleasure involves different tasks.

Depending on the size of the organization or the type of business, travel
arrangements can be made through a Travel Agency or directly on line.
Travel arrangement is the way things or people organize particular
purpose or activity, and it is something that is done to prepare or plan for
something in the future.
Travel agency is a retail business that sells travel products and

services to customers on behalf of the suppliers. These suppliers include:
 airlines campanies
 car rentals
 cruise lines
 hotels
 railways
 sightseeing tours and packages
The benefits in using Travel Agencies are: reduces the travel
arrangement workload because they have instant access to all level-related
data; offers excellent advice on all travel services; and knowledge of
exchange rates, suitable clothing, travel insurance and climate conditions.
A. Ad Hoc Group Travel Arrangements

 The term “Ad Hoc” is a Latin word for “as the need arises”.
 Therefore Ad Hoc refers to special travel arrangements for
pilgrims, students and any other form of travel.
 Like MICE travel, land arrangements are normally provided

through the Outbound Tour Operators, while the airlines provide
attractive fares and concessions.
B. Insurance/ Assist Cards
 Travel Insurance (TI)
i. People travel for different reasons, business and leisure, and
because of the advancement of technology, travel is faster,
more convenient and further afield. However, the travel
anxiety and worries still persist.
ii. There is always a concern for what might happen during the
journey and what to do, when things do happen.
iii. Thus, insurance companies have developed a specialized
type of insurance – travel insurance – geared to the needs of
travelers.
iv. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as
repatriation, death, unforeseen accommodations and travel
expenses, and loss of personal effects.
v. Travel insurance helps people to travel with ease and peace of
mind whether it‘s for business on leisure. Travel insurance
packages are normally classified as:
1. travel health; or
2. travel-related assistance.
vi. Most insurance companies in the Philippines also deliver
specialized and customized coverage for different cases.
vii. Insurance companies and travel agencies have the same
target market. People who can afford to travel can afford to
buy insurance for health, medication, and travel.
 Assist Cards
i. This provides health and accident security overseas in a
ii. In the Philippines, Assist Card is the best known company that
provides this service.
iii. Travel insurance deals with the medical assistance – expense
reimbursements and insurance benefits. Safe travel is the
primary concern of insurance companies.
iv. However, insurance companies also help to promote other

tourism segments, like medical tourism. This parallel activity
helps position the Philippines as a ―medical hub‖ in the region.
C. Miscellaneous
 Miscellaneous travel-related services cover a wide selection of
products and services available directly from principals or
through travel management companies.
 Foreign telephone calling cards are provided by PLDT, Bayan
Tel, Digi Tel, and Globe Telecom.
 These products and services are retailed and sold as individual
products to prospective end-users.
A. IDENTIFICATION. Identify what is being described in each item number.
________________1. The way things or people organize for a

particular purpose or activity and it is something
that is done to prepare or plan for something in
the future.
________________2. A retail business that sells travel products and
services to customers on behalf of the
suppliers.
________________3. It refers to special travel arrangements for
pilgrims, students and any other form of travel.
________________4. Normally provided through the Outbound Tour

Operators, while the airlines provide attractive
fares and concessions.
________________5. A Specialize type of insurance geared to the
needs of travelers.
________________6. Classifications of Travel Insurance Packages in
travel agencies.
________________7. This provides health and accident security

overseas in a manner that the host in-country
handles all the necessary requirements a
traveler may have.
________________8. It covers a wide selection of products and
services available directly from principals or
through travel management companies.
________________9. The parallel activity by insurance companies
that helps promote other tourism segments like
medical tourism.
_______________10. It offers a range of coverage and provisions
such as repatriation, death, unforeseen
accommodations and travel expenses, and loss
of personal effects.

1. Why do travel agents offer services other than air passage and the
processing of travel documents?
2. Which train is the easiest way to travel?
3. What are the major international cruise companies?
4. What are the sea tourism products available in the Philippines?
5. What are the major international hotel/resort chains in the world?
Let’s Do it!
Research Time!
1. Identify and locate on a map at least ten (10) cities/places serviced

by the MRT/LRT, and trace an imaginary itinerary through
bordering cities. Use it as the starting point.
2. Locate on a world map the areas of operations of at least three
international cruise companies, and trace the cruise itinerary
detailed in the brochure.
3. Determine which car rental companies in the Philippines accept
reservations for car rental overseas.
4. Download a copy of a Travel Insurance Form, fill it out, then reflect
on its provisions or its coverage, and be able to share it in class.
Direction: SCORING RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING THE ACTIVITY

assess your 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision
performance in and with initiative and adaptability to problem
the following situations.
critical task and
7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without
performance
assistance or supervision.
criteria.
5 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but
requires some assistance and/or supervision.
3- Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily,
but requires considerable assistance and/or
supervision.
The Instructor will indicate his initial on the level achieved.

LESSON 2 TRAVEL AND TOUR ACCOUNTING

DOCUMENTS AND BILLING STATEMENT
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 1 Process Travel and
Outcome
Tour Accounting Documents
Objectives
1. understand the importance of issuing travel and tour documents

correctly;
2. describe the sequential flow of travel and tour documents from
the issuer to the intermediary to the provider of services; and
3. explain the distribution of the different copies of the various
travel and tour documents.
A TMC/travel agency is characterized as a Retailer because it normally

transacts business and sells directly only to the traveler. As such,
transactions are between the client and the TMC/travel agency on the one
hand, and between the TMC/travel agency and the supplier on the other.
A. Walk-in Client to TMC or travel agency

The following transaction sequence applies for walk-in clients paying
with cash or credit cards. A detailed flowchart is presented:
1. These clients requests for travel arrangements through an agency‘s

operations department, specially a travel counselor or counter staff.
2. The travel counselor processes the booking card for travel. The slip
is prepared in triplicate and distributed as follows:
 Original copy – it is exchanged for an air ticket or a tour
voucher or both, by the travel counselor to the custodian of
documents in the accounting in the accounting department
 Duplicate copy – it will be retained by the operation

department as a file copy.
 Triplicate copy - is given to the client and surrendered to the
cashier together with the cash payment.
3. Clients pass cash or with a credit card to the cashier.
4. The cashier receives the payment and issue a receipt

(official/provisional) which is presented to the travel operator.
Stages 1 & 3 will be the responsibility of the Client while the 2 & 5 will be the travel
operation and stage 5 will be served as the travel accounting documents
5. The travel counselor releases the travel documents upon

presentation of the receipt.
B. Corporate Clients to TMC or travel agency
The following transaction sequence applies to corporate clients with

credit facilities.
1. The corporate client requests for travel arrangements for one of its
executives or employees through a “letter of request”, a “travel order”
or an “authorization to travel” document signed by an authorized officer
of the company.
2. The travel counselor checks the significance of the authorized officer

against the file copy of the contract agreement with the TMC/travel
agency. The travel agency processes the Booking Card for Travel. The
documents are as follows:
i. Original copy – it is exchanged for an air ticket or tour

voucher or both, by the travel counselor to the custodian of
documents in the accounting department.
Stages 1 & 5 will be the responsibility of the travel operation while the 2 & 4 will
be the travel operation and stages 3 & 6 will be served
as the travel accounting documents
ii. Duplicate copy – it will retain to the operation department

for file copy.
iii. Triplicate copy – it is given to the accounting department
for issuance of a Billing Statement/Invoice that is sent to
the client for collection.
3. A billing officer or an assigned staff of the accounting department

prepares a Billing Statement/Invoice, which is an external accounting
form, detailing the charges due for the travel arrangements requested
by the corporate client.
4. When all documents are ready, the travel counselor collects the
invoice form the billing officer and sends it to the corporate client
together with the travel documents.
5. The corporate client settles the amount due, within the time limit of
the credit facility granted.
6. The cashier receives the payment and issues the official receipt.
Travel Agency Accounting

A. The Tour Voucher (or Exchange Order)
 It covers all the transactions in the field.

 These are documents issued by the travel agents and/or tour
operators that are hand-carried by the end-users/travelers, and
collected by the suppliers in exchange for services.
 Suppliers providing such services are paid upon presentation of the
said tour voucher/exchange vouchers to the issuing entity.
 As such, the services specified in the voucher must be accurate,
and in the case of revisions, these must be approved by both the
bearer and the supplier, and clearly noted in the voucher.
 These are like checks – they are a liability to the issuing entity –
and as such, any alteration that is not authorized renders it null and
void.
B. Travel Agency to Tour Operator Accounting – with credit

arrangements
1. The travel agency requests for a tour package by issuing a Booking

Order. A booking order is a document prepared by the reservations
staff, requesting services from suppliers. It is also known as
reservation request. The booking order is prepared in duplicate as
distributed as follows:
i. The original is sent to the operator.
ii. The travel counselor retains the duplicate copy as file copy of
the operations department.
2. The tour operator counselor receives the booking order and

processes arrangements.
3. When the arrangements are confirmed, the tour operators‘ Billing

Officer prepares the invoice. copies of the invoice are distributed
as follows:
Stages 1 & 6 will be the responsibility of the travel agency while the 2 & 5 will be
the travel operation and stages 3, 4 & 7 will be served
as the travel accounting documents
i. The tour operator sends the Original Copy to the agent

together with the tour voucher.
ii. The Duplicate Copy is also sent to, but is returned by, the
travel agent with the name and signature of the person who
receives it and the date it is received. This copy becomes the
file of the accounting department.
iii. The tour operator retains the Triplicate Copy as file copy of
the operations department.
4. The accounting department posts the invoice for collection.
5. The travel agency receives both the tour voucher and the tour
operator‘s invoice. Copies of the tour voucher are distributed as
follows:
i. The Original copy is given to the end-user or traveler through
the travel counselor.
ii. The Duplicate Copy is forwarded to the tour operator‘s

accounting department for posting and reconciling with its
own invoice
iii. The Triplicate Copy is sent to the Operations Department as
file copy.
6. The travel agency pays the tour operator‘s invoice.
7. The tour operator issues official receipt.
C. Travel Agency to Tour Operator Accounting – with credit
arrangements
1. The supplier collects the Original Copy of the Exchange Voucher

from the bearer and provides the services stipulated therein. The
supplier then prepares its own invoice to send to the tour operator
with the Original Copy of the Exchange Voucher/Tour Order for
collection.
2. The tour operator checks the accuracy of the supplier‘s invoice,
verifies the services invoice, and processes re delivered.
3. The accounting department receives authorization from Operations
Department to settle the supplier‘s invoice, and processes payment.
4. The supplier receives the payment and issues official receipt.
D. Tour Operation to Supplier Accounting

1. The tour Operator‘s department sends the reservations request to
the supplier.
Stages 1 & 3 will be the responsibility of the operations while stage 4

will be the accounting and stages 2, 5 & 6 will be
the responsibility of the supplier
2. The supplier receives the booking order, confirms the

arrangements and issues the invoice.
3. The operators review the suppliers invoice for correctness.
4. The accounting department processes and releases payment.
5. The supplier pays and issues the official receipt.
6. The supplier provides the services to the client.
A. KEEPING IN FLOW. Arrange the following in sequential order.

Use the number system in ordering.
I. Walk-in Client to TMC or travel agency

______The travel counselor releases the travel documents upon presentation
of the receipt.
______The clients pass cash or with a credit card to the cashier.
______The cashier receives the payment and issues a receipt
(official/provisional) which is presented to the travel operator.
______The travel counselor processes the booking card for travel.
______The client requests for travel arrangements through an agency‘s
operations department, specially a travel counselor or counter staff.
II. Corporate Clients to TMC or travel agency

______ The corporate client requests for travel arrangements for one of its
executives or employees through a ―letter of request‖, a ―travel order‖
or an ―authorization to travel‖ document signed by an authorized
officer of the company.
______ A billing officer or an assigned staff of the accounting department
prepares a Billing Statement/Invoice, which is an external accounting
form, detailing the charges due for the travel arrangements requested
by the corporate client.
______ The travel counselor checks the significance of the authorized officer
against the file copy of the contract agreement with the TMC/travel
agency.
______ The corporate client settles the amount due, within the time limit of
the credit facility granted.
______ When all the documents are ready, the travel counselor collects the
invoice from the billing officer and sends it to the corporate clients
together with the travel documents.
______ The cashier receives the payment and issues the official receipt.
B. FORMING GENERALIZATIONS
GENERALIZATION: Give your analysis by giving the point of difference between

the two processes as shown. Answer the question briefly and concisely.
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
FIELD WORKS
A. Interview a tour operator and ask him/her about his/her
experiences in the field. Make a report on the interview, then
share the information during class discussion.
B. Work in triads then form a worthy exchange of ideas about the

topic, listen and make conclusions afterwards. Assign a group
secretary to jot down the necessary information of the
conversation.
C. Collect documents usually secured in travel arrangement. Clip

them to your portfolio then share to the class what you have
gathered.
D. Divide the class into two groups and perform a skit presentation.
Group 1 will simulate a Walk-in Client to TMC or travel
agency while the other group will create a mock up of a
Corporate Clients to TMC or travel agency.

ACTIVITIES
2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
Icon for
Learning Learning Outcome 2 Follow Procedures for airline
Outcome
Ticket Payment Through the Banking System

Objectives
1. understand the procedures to follow for airline ticket

payment through the banking system; and
2. appreciate the underlying principles of billing settlement.
IATA‘s Billing and Settlement Plan (BSP) is a system designed to

facilitate and simplify the selling, reporting and remitting procedures of IATA
Accredited Passenger Sales Agents, as well as improve financial control and
cash flow of participating airlines. A worldwide system that operates in some
177 countries and territories. In 2012 IATA‘s BSP processed $251.8 billion.
BSP is a system designed to facilitate and simplify the selling,

reporting and remitting procedures of IATA Accredited Passenger Sales
Agents, as well as improve financial control and cash flow for BSP Airlines.
A truly worldwide system: at the close of 2013, there were 88 BSPs,

covering 179 countries and territories serving about 400 airlines, while gross
sales processed amounted to USD 259 billion.
Benefits of a BSP
1)Simplification: agents issue one sales report and remit one amount
to a central point; airlines receive one settlement covering all agents;
simplifies and reduces work through the use of electronic ticketing on behalf
of all BSP Airlines; and agents‘ sales are reported electronically.
2) Savings: less resources required for billing and collection; electronic
distribution of billing reports, and generation of debit/credit memos.
3) Enhanced Control: increased financial control thanks to
centralization and grouping; consolidated document flow, permitting
accelerated quality controls; overall process monitoring by a neutral body
A. IATA
The International Air Transportation Association (IATA) is the
umbrella association of all commercial air transportation companies. It allows
airlines to combine their individual networks into a global public service
despite language, currency and legal differences.
Through airline cooperation in IATA, the travel process is simplified

by allowing travelers to fly on several scheduled airlines in many different
countries and make payments in one single currency.
Travel Agencies are encouraged to be accredited with IATA in order to

avail of the following benefits:
1. Access to the association member tickets stocks for more efficient
servicing of the traveling public.
2. Credit facilities which enable a travel agency to extend credit to its
customers, thereby maximizing the use of money. Credit facilities imply
financial stability.
3. Prestigious accreditation, which connotes efficient service,
professionalism, keeping abreast with developments and trends,
reliability and international recognition.
4. Applicable commission received at the point of sale resulting in more
agency revenues; direct access to the carriers.
5. Centralized settlement services through the BSP.
6. This plan is time-and-cost-effective allowing staff more time to sell.
However, travel agencies that are not accredited with IATA can still
transact business with prospective travelers by ticketing directly with the air
carriers on a cash basis or acting as sub-agents of IATA-accredited travel
agencies through special arrangements.
B. The BSP
The Billing Settlement Plan (BSP) has been developed by IATA
member airlines in consultation with travel agents to simplify the selling,
reporting and remitting procedures of their passenger sales agent.
The main advantages gained from the BSP by the IATA-Accredited
Travel Agencies are the following:
1. Standardized procedure
2. Standard traffic documents (tickets and multi-purpose documents of
MPDs)
3. Standard administrative forms
4. Special ticket imprinter, agents validation plate and carrier‘s
identification plates
5. Single sales transmittal to one central reporting point
6. Single settlement payment

7. Single, automatic supply of standard traffic documents
8. Single inventory
9. Cost savings
10.Overall standardization resulting in simple, time-saving procedures.

A. IDENTIFICATION. Provide, on the space before the number,
what is being defined in each item. Write legibly.
______________ 1. is a system designed to facilitate and simplify the

selling, reporting and remitting procedures of IATA
Accredited Passenger Sales Agents, as well as to
improve financial control and cash flow of
participating airlines
_______________2. is the umbrella association of all commercial air
transportation companies
_______________3. the number of BSP‘s covering 179 countries at
the close of 2013
_______________4. the 2013 BSP‘s Gross Sales
_______________5. is a low fare, ticket-less airline
B. WORD FORMATION. Provide the appropriate meaning of the
following acronyms.
6. IATA : ____________________________________________
7. BSP : ____________________________________________
8. ADM : ____________________________________________
9. MPDs : ____________________________________________
10. AA : ____________________________________________

1. What is the difference between non-IATA and IATA-accredited travel
organization?
2. What is the difference between a purchase order and a tour order?
3. What is the difference between a tour order and an exchange order?
4. What is the difference between IATA and BSP?
Let’s Do it!
Group Work
1. Prepare a correct check requisition payment of all the suppliers

involved in the previous group proposed activity.
2. Prepare a correct Invoice, Billing Settlement or Statement of Accounts.
3. Research on:
 The standing of IATA in the year 2012. Compare it to 2013
IATA‘s standing. Then, construct a comparative analysis report
which will be given an account of in the class.
OVERALL EVALUATION
Directions: Level
Ask the teacher
to assess your 10 - Can perform this skill without supervision and
performance in with initiative and adaptability to problem situations.
the following 7 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily without
critical task and assistance or supervision.
performance 4 - Can perform this skill satisfactorily but requires
criteria. some assistance and/or supervision.
1 - Can perform parts of this skill satisfactorily, but
You will be rated requires considerable assistance and/or
based on the supervision.
overall
evaluation on
the right side.
The Instructor will indicate his initial on the level achieved.
Post Test 4
A. MULTPLE CHOICE. For each item, read the sentence/s or phrase/s
carefully, and write the letter of the correct answer on your sheet of paper.
1. It features individual air-conditioned cabins.

c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
2. The cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches on each

side which can sit up to three people
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
3. It features a four-bed air-conditioned cabin: two beds on each side,

with one stacked on top of the other.
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
4. This features air-conditioned reclining chairs, two on each side of the

cabin.
c. Deluxe Class
d. Economic Class
5. The other term for Line LRT-1.

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line
6. The first metro system in Southeast Asia, built earlier than the
Singapore MRT by three years.
a. Manila LRT
b. Manila RRT
c. Manila LTR
d. Manila LRTA

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line

a. Blue Line
b. Red Line
c. Yellow Line
d. Purple Line
9. The meaning of AGT.

a. Automated Guideway Transit
b. Automatic Guideway Transit
c. Autorun Guideway Transit
d. Air Guideway Transit
operates the ―Sail Away‖ inclusive tour packages.
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises
11. It operates various packages on board its own fleet of interisland

vessels, to eight (8) major tourist destinations in country.
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises
12. The first global cruise line with the youngest and most exciting fleet of
cruises ships in the world.
a. Super Ferry
b. NENACO
c. Sun Cruises
d. Star Cruises
13. Refers to sightseeing tours with other individuald on a first-come-first-

accommodation basis, on scheduled departures.
a. Seat-in-coach
b. Private Tours
c. Escorted Tours
14. The half-day or full-day tours to sights and sites of interest in the
destination country.
a. Seat-in-coach
b. Private Tours
c. Escorted Tours
15. A retail business that sells travel products and services to customers
on behalf of the suppliers
a. Travel Agency
b. Retail Agency
c. Product Agency
d. Suppliers Agency
16. Refers to special travel arrangement for pilgrims, students and any
other form of travel.
a. Ad Hoc
b. Ad Coalium
c. Ad Initio
d. Prima Facie
17. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as repatriation,

death, unforeseen accommodations and travel expenses, and loss of
personal effects.
a. Health Insurance
b. Travel Insurance
a. Tour Card
c. Assist Card
d. Departure Card
19. It covers a wide selection of products and services available directly

from principals or through travel management companies.
20. What does IATA mean?

21. This covers all the transactions in the field.

a. Tour Voucher
b. Assist Card
c. Departure Clearance Card
d. Travel Guide Card
22. The document prepared by the reservations staff, requesting services

from suppliers.
a. Booking Order
b. Tour Order
c. Assist Order
d. Checking Order
23. What does BSP mean?

a. Board Settlement Plan
b. Billing Settlement Plan
c. Billing System Plan
d. Billing Systematic Plan
24. The meaning of ADM

d. Agency Dire Memo
25. The meaning of MPD.

26. It is characterized as a Retailer because it normally transacts business
and sells directly only to the traveler.
c. IATA/ Travel Agency
a. Assist Card
b. Health Card
c. Traveler Card
d. Doctor- patient Card
28. Deals with medical assistance – expense reimbursements and
insurance benefits.
a. Health Insurance
b. Fire Insurance
c. Expense Insurance
d. Travel insurance
29. The publication of the Reed Travel group which offers a
comprehensive listing of hotels worldwide
30. It brings a unique style to the sea with its ships Disney Magic and
Disney Wonder
b. Land Cruise
d. Princess Cruise
SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT
A. Multiple Choice
Direction: Read the statements carefully and write the letter of your
best choice in your answer sheet.
1. It offers a range of coverage and provisions such as repatriation, death,

unforeseen accommodations and travel expenses, and loss of personal
effects.
a. Health Insurance
b. Travel Insurance
2. Which government tourism agency is entitled to the collection of travel

3. It refers to an assembly of people for a common business purpose and

social interchange between attendees
e. Convention
f. Conference
g. Exhibitions
h. Seminars
4. This kind of tourist destination will surely bring relaxation and relieve stress
to the visitors during their spare time. Some of which are theme park, casino,
fitness center, and spa center
a. Entertainment
b. Shopping
c. Recreation
d. Education
5. It covers a wide selection of products and services available directly from

principals or through travel management companies.
6. All of the following are advantages of internet in the travel business, except
a. It avoid payment of commissions on the part of the customer.
b. It gives the customer the freedom to gain control over the
search.
c. It ignores personal motivation.
d. It reduces paperwork.
7. Russia is part of this continental land area.

a. South America
b. Middle East
c. Europe
d. Africa
8. These are not meetings but many convention organizers are also
responsible for developing and operating incentive programs. It denotes
something that incites or has the tendency to incite to determination or action.
a. Meetings
b. Seminars
c. Workshops
d. Incentives
9. The meaning of MPD .

10. The European Global Distribution System founded by AirFrance, Iberia

Lufthansa and SAS
a. Sabre
b. Worldspan
c. Galileo
d. Amadeus
11. What TMC department segment will benefit if the marketing plans are
a. Personnel
b. Sales
c. Accounting
d. Operations
12. The document prepared by the reservations staff, requesting services

from suppliers.
a. Booking Order
b. Tour Order
c. Assist Order
d. Checking order
a. Accessibility
14. What do you call the traditional way of placing reservation before the
advent of e-commerce and the internet?
e. Manual Reservation
f. Electronic Reservation
g. Automated Reservation
h. None of the Above
15. Any direct or indirect, issue or policy conflict – even if minor or remedial –
which may arise from the travel management company‘s retention of a
corporate client must be revealed, including any joint venture that is deemed
as conflict of interest.
e. Confidentiality
f. Conflict of Interest
g. Illegal Information Brokering
h. Point of View
B. Matching Type
Direction: Match the meanings in Column A with terms in Column B.
Write the letter on your answer sheet.
COLUMN A COLUMN B
Meaning Term
A. Bureau of
_____1. This map is intended to describe the state Immigration
and national boundaries of places.
_____2. This government agency is mandated to B. Gender
monitor the entry and exit of foreign nationals
in the country. C. Rate-minus
_____3. An example of demographics variable
D. Civil Aviation
_____4. The 10% commission reserved by the travel Authority of the
agent to the vendor. Philippines
_____5. The type of hotel that has facilities suitable for
holding meetings, conferences, and conventions. E. Seat-in-coach
_____6. Example of religious tourism.
_____7. The largest interisland shipping company F. Super Ferry
in the Philippines today. G. Itinerary Card
_____8. It is a complete record of all requirements
of the passenger. H. Political Map
_____9. The government agency that has the power to
implement policies concerning air travel safety. I. Corporate hotel
_____10. Sightseeing tours on a first-come-first-
K. Topography Map
accommodation basis.
L. Condotel
M. Cost-plus
N. Via Crusis
C. MIX AND MATCH

Direction: Classify the following company/tourism sector
according to their area of business operations. Write your answer in a
separate sheet of paper.
Sulpicio Lines PAL Express Cebu Pacific

Northstar Transport Manila Metro Rail Transit All-Suite Hotel
Resort Super Ferry Nissan Rent-A-Car
Sky Pasada
Land Air Maritime Accommodation/

Transportation Transportation Transportation Lodging
D. QUICKWRITES
Direction: Write your understanding about the details of the
illustration below.
I. Distribution Flow of Travel Product (10 points)
Commercial Entities SCORING RUBRICS

2 – Beginning
4 – Developing
6 – Approaching
Travel Management Company 8 – Proficient
10 - Advance
Customers
II. Intranet and Extranet in Travel Management (5 points)
Intra Extra
net net
TMC
SCORING RUBRICS
1 – Beginning
2 – Developing
3 – Approaching
4 – Proficient
5 - Advance
Synthesis
Travel – it allows us to relish the multicolored and flavorful cultures served
before us in the banquet of life. Categorically, we travel to explore strange and
uncharted worlds, and later on, realize that no matter how diverse our orientations
are, still, we are united by our powerful faith in our religion, and by our ceaseless
liking for pleasure. We travel to lose ourselves to the fascinating burst of man‘s
precise designs and God‘s incomparable art sense – both intertwined to create bliss.
Indeed, we travel, then we explore, appreciate, and finally, realize. But, along our
travel, we breakaway – we acquire new perspectives in life and heave old principles,
and most importantly, we find ourselves once again, in the process of rebuilding
ourselves, we fortify our identity as a Filipino, and we keep a sanctuary of patriotism
in our deepest core.
On the other hand, travel is not solely for personal advantage. In fact, the
Travel-and-Tourism domain is delivering significant economic contribution in the
Philippines today. It opens thousands of job opportunities available for Filipinos
nationwide and even overseas, thus, spurring innovation for inclusive growth, and
transforming the lives of people to the best quality of living there is.
The value of travel and tourism subjectively and in general is inevitable. This
is the very reason why familiarizing oneself with the functions of the various
personnel involved in this area is primordial. In every traveler‘s endeavor in exploring
different parts of the world, there are intermediary channels between commercial
establishments and clienteles such as travel agencies and travel management
companies that can assist them in realizing their travel plans. A traveler should be
well-adept as to the steps undertaken in instituting and setting up travel management
business. Moreover, how travel agencies perform their business online using
Computerized Reservation System (CRS) and Global Distribution System (GDS)
should be recognized in order to facilitate comfort and assurance in achieving a
worthwhile itinerary.
Several factors should be taken into account when dealing with travel and
tourism – the visitors‘ length of stay, origination, purpose of visit, distance traveled,
means of transportation, kind of accommodations given to them and other
dimensions. There are also factors that push or distract them from traveling; whether
as part of leisure, business, or both. Other important factors that influence the visitors
upon traveling are their needs, motives, and aspirations, as well as their preferences
that will conform to the travel market and destination.
To close, travel and tourism require one to undergo careful steps, to make
practical decisions, and to deal with service providers in a manner that exhibits
broad-mindedness, respect, and professionalism. It is through bearing these
essentials in travel and tourism that one could actually come across an experience of
a lifetime.
GLOSSARY
Ad Hoc Tour Package A tour put together according to the specifications of

a client.
Air ticket A document comprising all flight and other coupons,

issued by or in behalf of an air carrier, which
evidences the contract between the passenger and
the carrier, for the carriage of the passenger and his
baggage over a certain route.
Airline A commercial company providing scheduled air

transportation and made up of its equipment,
personnel and array of facilities.
Assembly A company of persons gathered for deliberation and

legislation, worship or entertainment.
Availability Space or services ready for sale, reservations or

commitments to a customer, at the time of inquiry or
need.
Back-to-back The two-way (round trip) use of seats in

transportation equipment. It is also continuous
operation of a tour package, with minimal time
between the departure of one group and the arrival
of the next one.
Baggage All articles, effects and personal property of a

passenger necessary for his comfort and
convenience in connection with a trip.
Baggage allowance The volume and weight of luggage that may be

carried on board by a traveler without any additional
charge.
Baggage Tag An identifying tag strapped to the passenger‘s

luggage, issued by the carrier for identification
purposes.
Booking A reservation for a seat, room, tour or service.
Booking card A document prepared by a travel counsel or

reservations staff, which contains all the pertinent
travel information, data and status of the prospective
traveler‘s trip.
Brochure A printed, book-type marketing tool with pictures,

graphics, illustrations and appropriate texts
describing the products and services of a tour
operator, and their specific inclusions.
Browsers It allows anybody to contact and receive messages

from anybody who has access to an online
computer. The most popular browser in the
Philippines is Microsoft Internet Explorer.
Bump off To off-load passengers from a flight or trip.
Bus A large highway passenger vehicle that provides

scheduled services for individually ticketed
passengers.
Business Class Air travel by a class superior to economy but lower

than first class service.
Carrying Capacity The total essential services in a tourist facility

necessary to adequately meet the needs of a
number of travelers.
Carrier A duly franchised public transportation company.
Cancelation Charge A fee collected by a supplier for failure of a client to

use a reserved space, without having canceled the
reservation within the allowed cancelation period.
Check-in Refers to the formalities attendant to the arrival of a

guest at the place of lodging, including filling out the
registration form.
Check-in time A hotel day begins at 0600 hrs; however a guest

may only occupy the room after an established
check-in time, usually 1400H.
Checked-in Baggage Accompanied baggage turned over by the

passenger to the carrier.
Check-out Departure of a guest upon completion of stay,

including settlement of personal accounts.
Check-out Time A specified time at which the hotel guest must

vacate the room, normally at 1200hrs.
Color Scheme Refers to the background color of the pages, if any,

or the color of maps and drawing.
Commercial Rate A special price for regular guests of a hotel.
Complimentary A service of product provided free of charge.
Conference A formal interchange of view, a meeting to discuss

matters of common concern.
Confidential Tariff A list of wholesale rates distributed in confidence to

travel agents and wholesaler by tour operators.
Connecting Flight A segment on a going a passenger to change

aircraft (but not necessarily airline)
Corporate travel A special rate agreed upon between a non-travel

entity of travel activities presented in an accurate,
descriptive manner primarily for marketing purpose.
Destination The ultimate stopping place according to the contract

of carriage in a ticket.
Denied boarding When a passenger is not allowed to board flight due

to insufficient or improper travel documentation.
Departure Transfer A trip from a place of lodging to a destination‘s

departure point.
Deprived Boarding When a paying passenger with valid ticket and

confirmed reservation is not accommodated on a
flight.
Descriptive Itinerary A schedule of travel activities presented in an

accurate, descriptive manner primarily for marketing
purposes.
Direct Flight A journey during which the passenger does not have
to change planes.
Domestic Tour A travel entity that operates tour packages within a

Operator country for residents of that country.
Economy Fare The fare for economy class service.
E-mail Newsletter A broadcast e-mail which is an electronic marketing

tool.
Excess Baggage The amount of luggage by weight, volume or number

of pieces that exceeds the baggage allowance set by
the carrier.
Excess Baggage A fee collected for the carriage of the baggage over
Charge and above the baggage allowance.
Electronic Ticket Transaction receipt that provides proof that one‘s air
ticket is stored in the airline‘s database, which can
be availed of upon presentation of proof of identity.
Excess Baggage Tag A receipt issued by an airline to a passenger

evidencing payment for excess weight on baggage.
Exchange Voucher A document issued by travel agencies and tour

operators, specifying services to be provided by the
bearer, and stipulating that all charges incurred
therein will be charged by the company issuing the
exchange voucher. It is surrendered to the supplier
in exchange for the services mentioned.
Excursion A day tour lasting no more than 16 hours.
Excursion Fare A fare that is below two or more combined fares on

one-way sectors or legs.
Exhibitions Are also known as ―trade events‖, and consists of a

series of exhibit booths in which people show their
wares, hoping to influence attendees towards
ordering or purchasing their wares. A trade show
may be an integral part of another type of meeting or
it may be free standing.
Extension A pre-arranged sub-tour offered as an option, with

corresponding extra charges, to the buyers of a tour
package. It may be availed of before, during or after
the basic tour package.
Extranet Contains product information that can be accessed

by outsiders- such as vendors and clients- they form
the company‘s information dissemination areas. This
internet application is most evident in the travel and
tourism industry, particularly with transportation
entities‘ schedules and fares listings and with
destinations.
Familiarization Tour A complimentary or reduced rate tour for media

people or travel agents designed to acquaint them
with a specific destination.
Flight A scheduled air service identified by a flight number.
Flight Coupon The portion of a passenger‘s air ticket which is

surrendered upon airport check-in in exchange for a
boarding pass.
Flight Frequency The number of flights between two specified sectors,

or a specified period of time.
Foreign Tour Operator A travel entity that operates tour packages to foreign
countries for the residents of a country.
Ground Arrangements A tour package classification that comprises only

transfers and sightseeing tours at a destination.
Go-show To show up at the article counter with an open dated

ticket, for a chance to board a carrier.
Guaranteed Tour A tour guaranteed to operate, unless canceled,

before an established cut-off date.
Guided Tour A sightseeing tour conducted by a tour guide.
Hand-carried Baggage Personal effects carried by the passenger inside the

craft‘s cabin.
Hospitality Resources A supply component consisting of all the cultural

wealth of an area which makes possible the
successful hosting of tourist.
Hospitality Room A room used for entertaining, usually a parlor or

function room.
Hotel An establishment that provides lodging, food and

beverages, and any other type of service that cater
to the needs of its guest.
Hotel Contract An agreement by which a hotel commits to a tour

operator to provide hotel services to a traveler, who
is a client of a travel agency handled by the tour
operator.
Hotel Contract Rate A negotiated net rate agreed upon by a tour operator
and a hotel, wherein the latter commits to supply
rooms of a specified category at a flat rate.
Hotel Package A combination of board, lodging, transfers and use of

hotel facilities offered as a package by
accommodations establishments.
Inbound Tour A travel entity that operates tour packages within a

Operator country for residents of foreign countries.
Incentives The word ―incentive‖ denotes ―something that incites

or has a tendency to incite to determination or
action‖. Thus, it is an activity to encourage the
participant to increase production or solve problems
within an organization.
Incentive Travel Rate A special room rate applied to a specific incentive

travel movement, on specified dates.
Incidental Charges Charges for personal services rendered that are not
included in the arrangement made by the tour
operator or travel agent.
Inclusive Tour A tour package classification consisting of
transportation to/from destination, transfers,
sightseeing tours, accommodations and specified
meals.
Inclusive Escorted A tour package classification consisting of

Tour transportation to/from a destination, transfers,
sightseeing tours, accommodations specified meals
and the services of a tour escort.
Interactivity Refers to the interaction between vendor and

vendee in cyberspace. It makes it easy for visitors to
get in touch with the agency. References to the
guest registry and opportunities to send e-mail to
individual staff members of the company must be
available throughout the site.
International Date The last meridian or where the plus (+) 180º and the
minus (-) 180º meet. When the area West of the
International Date Line is Monday, the area East of it
is Sunday. When this line is crossed going west, the
date is advanced one day. When crossing this line
going east, the date becomes a day earlier.
International Tourism The movement of tourists between and among

different countries.
Internet Service The server of the internet that delivers access to the
Provider (ISP) enchanted kingdom, and the browser makes it come
alive in the computer screen. There is a number of
ISP worldwide but it is essential to know that to
access the internet, there must be a modem for
cable connection or a wireless connection and the
service of an ISP.
Interpreter A person who translates orally for person conversing

in different Languages.
Intranets In the world of corporate travel management the

internet provides the last frontier in the dissemination
of corporate travel policies and procedures and the
enforcement of rules, regulation and restrictions
pertaining to travel.
Islands Bodies of land surrounded by water.

Isthmus A narrow strip of land between two large bodies of
water.
Itinerary A schedule of sites and activities arranged in

chronological order.
Lakes Bodies of water surrounded by land.

Land Arrangement A tour package classification that comprises
transfers, sightseeing tours, and accommodations
and specified meals at a destination.
Late Arrival A reservation that is expected to arrive at a place of

lodging, with due notice, after 1800hrs.
Late Check-out A departing guest who remains beyond the check-

out hours, normally 1200hrs.
Latitudes Imaginary horizontal lines stretching from the Prime

Meridian East up to the International Date Line; and
from the Prime Meridian West up to the International
Date Line.
Layout Similar to format, it is more of a technical description

for distributing columns of text and the size of the
pictures or visuals. The most critical aspects of the
layout are the conceptualization of both the title and
the back pages.
Lecture A lecture may be a part of a program of another

meeting, or it may be a session by itself. This is a
formal presentation by a single person, generally on
a single subject. Questions from the floor may or
may not be encouraged.
Legs A portion of a flight between any two consecutive

scheduled stops.
Links A web page without links is like an action movie

without sound. Links and graphics bring pizzazz to
the web pages. The screen usually show text links in
blue letter that are underlined. This tells viewers that
a ―wormhole‖ to another world exists right there.
There is no telling which routes viewers will take, but
the link can nudge them in the right direction -
toward interactivity-by designing with the viewer in
mind.
Load Factor The percentage ratio of the carrier‘s capacity sold, to

the total capacity offered for sale.
Local Tour Operator A travel entity that operates sightseeing tour

packages within a locality for both foreign and
domestic visitors.
Locator Maps Maps with grids (square formed by a series of

vertical and horizontals lines) with horizontal
numbered squares on top and lettered vertical
squares on the side (or vice-versa) of small
geographical areas used to locate hotels, attractions
and the like.
Longitudes Imaginary vertical lines stretching from the North

Pole to the South pole. These lines are not straight,
but follow the boundaries that separate the different
countries.
Luggage All articles, effects and personal property of a

passenger necessary for his comfort and
convenience in connection with a trip.
Magnetic North The direction all compasses point to.

Manager for Tours A person who supervises the operations of a tours
department of a travel agency.
Manager for Travel A person who supervises the operations of the travel
department of a travel agency.
Geographical area or socio-economic denomination

Market whose members have disposable time and money to
travel outside their place of residence for leisure and
other purposes.
Meeting Defined as the coming together of a group of people

with similar interests to accomplish some
predetermined goals or purposes.
Minibus A medium-sized highway passenger vehicle that

provides transportation and sightseeing tours
services for passengers traveling as a group or on a
tour package.
Mountains Elevated terrestrial masses that are peaked or

serrated
An acronym for Multi Purpose Document, an airline
M.P.D. document, used to request specific services from a
supplier, for the person named in the document.
Nautical Charts Rectangular flat map that provide general indications

of the ocean‘s depth in fathoms and the
characteristics of the sea bottom (sandy, coral,
mud).
Navigation Tools These help the visitors find where they want to go. If
they cannot quickly find what they are looking for,
they will look elsewhere. Often, a navigational top
bar meets this requirement.
Night Club A place of entertainment which opens at night for

eating and drinking, usually with a floor show.
Net-Net Actual cost of a component, without commissions or

mark-up, and inclusive of taxes and service fees,
when applicable.
Net Rate A wholesale rate to be marked up for eventual

resale.
Niche Marketing The best example of internet marketing as it

provides the unique opportunity to make a travel
management company‘s travel expertise (or
whatever that expertise may be) available to
anybody in the world who has access to an online
computer.
Northern Hemisphere All the area north of the equator – seasons are the
opposite of the southern half: when it is winter
(December) in the Northern hemisphere, it is
summer in the Southern Hemisphere.
North Pole The top of the earth. The true north. Where the
Arctic is.
No-Show A reservation that is neither cancelled nor fulfilled.

A fee collected by a supplier for a reservation that is
No-Show Charge either cancelled or fulfilled.
Non-sked A supplemental transportation service, other than

scheduled service; short for non-scheduled.
Non-stop Flight A flight between two points in which the aircraft does
not land in-between.
The percentage of rooms sold to the total available

Occupancy rooms offered for sale.
Oceans Large bodies of water: The earth‘s oceans are: the

Atlantic, the Pacific, the Indian and the Arctic.
Oceans make up 2/3 of the earth surface.
Off-line Cities or countries not on the route of a carrier.

Off-load To remove a passenger or freight already boarded
for whatever reason.
One-on-One-E-mail Simple, effective and a cheap way to send a

message to an individual client. While some argue
that e-mail is a poor sales tool, good e-mail
marketing pays off if it is done consistently and
professionally.
Cities or countries through which a carrier operates.

On-line
One-way Fare The fare from one point to another with no provision
for the return trip.
Open Ticket An airline ticket which does not specify when a

service is to be performed, which makes the
passenger responsible for securing reservation at a
later date.
Open-dated Ticket An air ticket with no reservation on specific flight/s or

date/s; an airline ticket which does not specify.
Optional Tour A tour that is not part of the basic package.

Outside Connections Links with other companies organizations for cross-
selling. For example, if your website promotes
mountaineering activities, the companies or
organizations that can help sell are the
mountaineering and outdoor clubs and organization
Overbooking The practice of committing more rooms or seats than

are available; a hedge against ―no-shows‖.
Over-ride-commission Commission given in addition to the regular or

standard commission.
Over Stay To remain beyond the expiration of the reserved

stay.
Package Rate The person, twin-share rate of a tour package.

Panel A meeting where a group of experts with diverse
views on the same subject presents ideas in turn,
under the direction of a moderator. Questions from
the audience are appropriate and requested just
prior to a summarization by the moderator.
Peak Season The period of greatest arrival/departure of tourists.

Pamphlet A one/two-fold printed marketing tool with pictures,
graphics, illustrations and text describing products
and services of a travel agency or tour operator.
Usually with four to eight pages.
Paper Stock Quality conveys the desired image however a more

important consideration is the weight. Paper stock
should also match the front and back covers
material, which usually thicker than the pages.
Passenger Coupon The portion of a passenger‘s air ticket that

constitutes the passenger‘s written evidence of the
contract of carriage.
Passport An official government document for international

travel that certifies the identity and citizenship of the
bearer; a document issued by a national government
to their citizens as proof of their citizenship which
permits them to leave their own country.
Payment Advice A slip of paper detailing the breakdown of the

amount to be paid by the client to the travel agent.
Peninsula A large projection of land into water.

Personal Selling Oral presentation in a conversation with one or more
prospective purchasers for the purpose of making a
sale.
Plateau An elevated terrestrial mass that is flat.

Plus-Plus A term used to indicate that taxes and gratuities
must be added to the stated rate.
Physical Maps A rectangular flat map that features the natural

geophysical features of the earth‘s land mass, such
as terrestrial elevations, plateaus, valleys, rivers, and
the like.
Pilgrim A person who travels primarily for religious

purposes.
Point-to-Point Fare The basic fare from one city to another covering only
the cost of the ticket.
Political Maps Rectangular flat map that features the political

boundaries of the different countries of the world.
Port of Call A stopover of a cruise trip where shore excursions

are offered.
Porterage A per-baggage fee paid for handling services at

airports, piers, and sometimes, at hotels.
Pre/Post Tours A range of sightseeing tours and tour packages

offered before and after a convention.
Press Conference A special kind of meeting where members of the
media (newspapers, magazines, radio and
television) are invited to a gathering to be given
information on some new event or development.
Prime Meridian The first meridian or the first Longitude (0 degrees).

It is also referred to as Greenwich Meridian Time
(GMT). Thus, the time in the first Time Zone after the
Prime Meridian is GMT plus 1. The Philippines is
GMT plus 8 or eight time zones ahead of GMT. New
York, on the other hand, is GMT negative 4 or four
time zones behind GMT. Los Angeles is GMT
negative 8 or eight time zones behind GMT.
Privacy and Security Unless the company publishes its privacy policy,
visitors may be unwilling even to consider leaving
their names and addresses in the registry book. The
company must be honest and tell the visitors what
the company plans to do with the information
received for them, and provide them with complete
information about the company‘s security protocols
for financial transactions.
Prorate To divide the cost of a travel component or service

by the number of passengers, actual or projected,
availing of such service or component.
Published Rate A with a built–in-commission distributed by suppliers.
Purchase Order A document issued by non-IATA travel agencies

requesting an IATA-accredited travel agency or an
airline to issue air tickets or other specified service
from tour operators, to the person(s) in favor of the
passengers named in the document.
Quad A room occupied by four individuals.

Rack Rate The published rate of hotel, not discounted in
anyway, with built-in commission.
Run-of-the House The average between the maximum and the

Rate minimum room rate available (except suites)
committed to by the hotel to tour operators, with
rooms assignments made on the best available
basis upon arrival.
Reconfirmation A statement of intent to use a reservation.

Refund The repayment to the client of all, or a portion of, a
fare or charge, for unused carriage or service.
Registration Card A form completed by the guest upon check-in at an

accommodation establishment.
Regular Tour Package A tour put together according to the demands of the
market to a popular tourist attraction or destination.
Re-routing The change of a passenger‘s route, fare, class or

service, schedule or validity, from the one provided
in the original transportation documents.
Reservation An advanced request for available space at some

time in the future.
Resort A place of lodging endowed with special

characteristics.
Retreat A period of withdrawal for prayer, meditation, or

study of instructions under a director. This name is
often used for religious retreats, but it is also
employed to define a very specific type of meeting in
the corporate, association or educational world. A
retreat maybe useful when the employees under
severe pressure or stress and facing burnout.
Revalidation The authorized alteration and stamping of an air

ticket by an airline.
Room Service Food and beverage service provided in the privacy

of a guest‘s room.
Rooming List A list that provides the names of a person in a group,

along with such other information as who will be
roommates with who, and the type of room.
Round-trip fare The fare from an origin point to another and back to
the origin point by the same route.
Round-trip Package A tour package consisting of travel from one point to

another and returning via another route as the
outbound trip.
Sale Promotions Short-term incentives to encourage the purchase or

sale of a product or service.
Scale The comparative measurement on the map vis a vis

actual measurement.
Seas Next largest to the oceans are the seas (some large
lakes are also called seas – the Black Sea, the
Caspian Sea and the Dead sea in Israel, for
example)
Segments (or sector) A portion of a flight between any consecutive

scheduled stops.
Seminar Defined as the coming together of a group of people

with similar interest with a purpose of giving or
discussing information. Seminars are of a specific
nature and conducted by a recognized expert in the
field and attended by persons interested in the
subject matter who are willing to pay the required fee
Series Rate A special group rate applied to a number of groups

from the same tour operator, with identical itineraries
arriving at regular intervals.
Service Charge Administrative fee, either fixed or percentile, added

to a person‘s account to cover gratuities and tips.
Service fee A fee paid to a travel agent for services where the
agent receives a commission.
Shore Excursion A day tour offered to the passengers of a cruise ship.

Signposts Directions to the websites. These are located in the
virtual community site of cyberspace, such as the
Global Distribution Systems. Popular internet
meeting places are other travel-related websites and
cyberspace chat rooms.
Single Room A room occupied by one person, regardless of the

number of beds in the room.
Single Room Rate The full price of a room for one person, regardless of
the size and number of beds in the room.
Single Room A surcharge for single room accommodation in a

Supplement tour package.
Size Plays an important part in the distribution of the

material. Flyers and leaflets are normally folded to fit
standard, legal-size envelopes. Handouts are
normally given out, so that mailing costs are not
important. For pamphlets, the desired size should fit
a standard, legal-size envelope to avoid having
special envelopes made. As a rule, brochures will
always require special made-to-order envelopes.
Skeletal Itinerary A vague, rough schedule of travel activities.

Southern Hemisphere All the area south of the equator - seasons are the
opposite of the northern half: when it is winter (June)
in the Southern Hemisphere, it is summer in the
Northern Hemisphere.
South Pole The bottom of the earth. Where the Antarctic is.
Special Interest Tour A tour package designed for clients with a common
interest on a specific subject.
Stopover A deliberate break in a journey, allowed by a carrier,

at any point between the point of origin and
destination.
Straight Water passages between bodies of land.

Suite One or more bedrooms with lounge or parlor.
Supplier A provider of tourism services or tour package
components.
Surcharge An additional charge that a client must pay for

voluntarily by the clients of better or more services
than those offered in the tour package.
Tariff A supplier‘s published list of rates, fares and

services.
Technical Itinerary A schedule of travel activities detailing times, flights,

travel times and the like.
Temperate Zones The areas between the North Pole and the Tropic of
Cancer, and the areas between the Tropic of
Capricorn and the South Poles. Here, the wind
normally blows from west to east, and it is called the
Temperate winds.
Text Concise writing copy for the webs differ from other
writing because of the web‘s unique technology, that
is, non-linear, interactive, and the language is brief
and to the point succeeds better than wordy,
complicated text.
Through Flight A flight between two points with one or more points
in between, where a passenger may embark or
disembark.
Ticket A contract of carriage.

Time Zone The areas between two longitudes. Therefore a Time

Zone is the area between 0 degrees and + 15
degrees: 15 degrees and + 30 degrees; 30 degrees
and +45 degrees and so forth until plus 180
degrees: and 0 degrees and -15 degrees: 15
degrees and -30 degrees and -45 degrees and so
forth until -180 degrees.
Tour An arranged trip from one point of origin to one or

more places and back.
Tour Base Fare A reduced fare available on specified dates and

between specific points to passengers who purchase
a tour package from a tour operator. The reduced air
fare used to assemble an Inclusive Tour Package. It
is only available to tour operators.
Tour Escort/ An individual who accompanies a group of travelers

Conductor from the origin point to the destination(s) and back,
in order to handle all travel details, look after the
well-being of the travelers and manage the tour.
Tour Group At least ten or fifteen people traveling together on

the same itinerary organized by a tour operator.
Tour Guide An individual who, either is an employee or an

affiliate of a licensed tour operator, accompanies
tourists, both foreign and domestic, for a fee,
commission or any other form of lawful remuneration
on local sightseeing excursion to provide pertinent
commentaries, and look after their general well-
being.
Tour Operator A travel entity or company that operates assembled

tour packages, made up of transportation services,
accommodations and meals, and guide or tour
escort services.
Tour Organizer An individual who organizes tour package for the

members of an organization, social club or special
interests group.
Tour Package A tour that includes two or more travel component, to

one or more destinations, involving one or more
overnight stays.
Tour Voucher A document issued by a tour operator specifying

services to be provided to the bearer, which is
surrendered to the supplier in exchange for the
services stipulated. It stipulates that all charges
incurred therein will be charged to the company
issuing the tour voucher.
Tourism Industry A composite of entities, both in the public and

private sectors, engaged in the planning,
development, marketing, sales, operations and
evaluation of destinations, product and services that
cater to the needs of the travelers.
Tourism Product The composite of tangible and intangible elements

centered on specific attractions and activities at a
specific destination. To the tourist, the product is
perceived or experienced.
Tourist A traveler whose visit to a destination or attraction

lasts for more than twenty-four hours and requires
lodging facilities.
Tourist Activity An element in a tour package that determines the

choice of the traveler to experience the tour
package.
Tourist Attraction An element in the tourism product which determines

the choice of a tourist to prefer one destination rather
than another.
Tourist Bus A large highway passenger vehicle that provides

transportation and sightseeing tour services for
passengers travelling as a group or on a tour
package. Also termed ―motor coach‖.
Travel Agency A commercial establishment where a prospective

traveler can secure information, expert advice and
make arrangements to travel by air, sea or land to
any part of the world.
Travel Representative A person employed by, or affiliated with, a licensed

travel agency, who solicits business from travelers
for a fee or commission.
Triple Reduction A per-person discount, based on the half-twin rate of

a tour package, granted to each of the three persons
occupying a triple room.
Upgrade To provide a product or service of higher value than

what was paid for.
Unaccompanied A passenger‘s luggage sent as freight on a separate

Baggage craft.
Validation The imprint on a document or ticket with a special

stamp that makes it legal.
Voucher A written communication between one set of

accounts and another.
Wait-list A supplier‘s list of customers who seek space on a

date that is sold out.
Workshop A brief, intensive educational program for relatively

small group of people in a given field that
emphasizes participation in problem solving efforts.
World Wide Web One aspect of the internet. However, because of its
capabilities, it is the internet‘s major component.
Once on line with a modern browser, anybody can
cruise the web that appears on the screen, complete
with graphics, text, activity, audio and video.
References
Books
Reil G. Cruz. (2000). Principles of Travel and Tourism: Focus On the

Philippines Version 2. Tourism Research Philippines. SFDM,
Quezon City . ISB 971-92219-0-9
Marc Mancini, Ph.D. (2006). Access: Introduction to Travel and

Tourism. Cengage Learning Asia Pte. Ltd. Emerald Avenue,
Ortigas Avenue, Pasig City. ISBN-13: 978-981-2656-43-8
_____________, Request Proposal for Travel Management services,
2003.
Altinay L & Paraskevas A (2008). Planning research in hospitality and

tourism (Butterworth-Heinemann)
Amadeus Reservations, Fares and Ticketing Manuals – February 2014
Asia Pacific Tourism Training Institute, Travel Agency Accounting

Handout, Quezon City, August 1997
Beaver, A. (2005). A Dictionary of Travel and Tourism Terminology,

CABI.
Brotherton, B. (2008). Researching Hospitality and Tourism: A Student

Guide (Sage Publications),
Buhalis, D., (2003). eTourism: Information Technology for Strategic

Tourism Management, Pearson.
Buhalis, D., and Schertler, W., 1999, Information and Communication

Technologies in tourism,Springer-Verlag, Wien-New York, ISBN
3-211-83258-0.
Chambers, Erve (Ed.) (1997) Tourism and Culture: An Applied

Perspective. Albany, NY: State University of New York Press.
Chang, T.C. (1999) ―Local Uniqueness in the Global Village: Heritage

Tourism in Singapore‖ Professional Geographer. Vol. 51, no. 1,
p. 91-103.
Claravall, B.G. Travel and Tour Operation in the Philippines, Paper

Design Corner, Manila, Philippines. 2007.
Collins V. R., (Ed) (2008) The Tourism Society's Dictionary for Tourism
Industry. New York Printing Press.
E. Murer, Internet for Retail Travel Industry, Thomson Delmar

Learning, 2003.
ENTER'98 Conference Proceedings, Istanbul, Springer-Verlag, Wien-

New York.
Fesenmaier D., Klein, S., and Buhalis, D., 2000, Information &
Communication Technologies in Tourism, ENTER'2000,
Springer-Verlag, Wien-New York, ISBN 3-211-83483-4.
Fesenmaier, D., Werthner, H., Wober, K, 2006, Destination

Recommendation Systems: Behavioural Foundations and
Applications HB 0851990231, CABI, London.
Frew A., (Editor) 2005, Information and Communication Technologies

in Tourism: Proceedings of the International Conference in
Innsbruck, Austria, Springer-Verlag Vienna ISBN 3-211-24148-5
Gary Inkpen 1998,Information Technology for Travel and Tourism,

Longman, ISBN 0-582-31002-4
Harris, R. and J. Howard. (1996) Dictionary of Travel, Tourism and

Hospitality. NY: Hospitality Press.
Jafari, J. (Ed) 2000.Encyclopedia of Tourism. Routledge.
Jenkins, J. and J. Pigrams, (Eds) (2003) Encyclopedia of Leisure and

Outdoor: London: Routledge.
Jennings, G. (2006) Tourism Research (John Wiley & Sons,Australia).
Laudon, K., 2004, E-Commerce: Business. Technology. Society.: Case

Book Update, Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-321-26937-3
Lawrence, E., Newton, S., Corbitt, B., Braithwaite, R., Parker, C., 2002,
Technology of Internet Business, Wiley, Australia.
Lehmann, A.D, Travel and Tourism, Indianiapolis, USA: Bobbs-Merrill

Educational Publishing.
Libosada Jr., Carlos M. (2010)Domestic Tourism. Anvil Publishing

House Inc. Mandaluyong City
Marcussen, Carl H. 2006, Internet and Distribution of European Travel
Updates, Centre for Regional and Tourism Research,
Denmark http://www.crt.dk/UK/Staff/chm/P_CHM.htm
McHone, W. Warren Brian Rungeling (2000) “Practical Issues in

Measuring the Impact of a Cultural Tourist Event in a Major
Tourist Destination.” Journal of Travel Reasearch. Vol. 38,
February , p. 299-302.
Medik, S. and Butterworth, (ed) (2003) Dictionary of Travel, Tourism

and Hospitality.
Miller, Julie (1997) ―Cultural Tourism Worthy of Note‖ Hotel and Motel
Management. Vol. 212, sept. 1, p. 7.
Mills, M. and Rob Law (Editors), 2005, Handbook of Consumer

Behaviour,Tourism and the Internet Haworth Press
Inc.,U.S. ISBN 0-7890-2599-X
Mills, M. and Rob Law (Editors), 2005, Handbook of Consumer

Behaviour,Tourism and the Internet Haworth Press
Inc.,U.S. ISBN 0-7890-2599-X
Nyheim, P., McFadden, F., Connolly, D.,2005, Technology Strategies

For The Hospitality Industry, Pearson-Prentice Hall, New
Jersey.
OAG Executive Flight Planner, OAG Worldwide, Church Street,

Dunstable, Bedfordshire, LU5 $HB, UK
Obando, R.J., LSM Asia Pacific Manning & Training Conference,

Manila, 19-21 November 2001.
O'Connor P., 2004,Using Computers in Hospitality Thomson

Learning ISBN 1-84480-045-8
Passenger Air Tariff, IATA Netherlands, 1118 ZR Amsterdam Schipol

Airport, The Netherlands.
Philippine Travel Agencies Association, Travel Handbook, Pasay City:

PTTA, 2010.
Pizam, A. and A. Elsevier (Ed) (2005) International Encyclopedia of

Hospitality Management. Routledge.
Poon, A., 1993, Tourism, Technology And Competitive Strategies,

Oxford: CAB International.
Porter, M, 2001, Strategy and the Internet, Harvard Business Review,

March, pp. 62–78
Quillen, Ed. (1997) ―Cultural Tourism for Fun and Profit. ― The Denver
Post. May 6, p. B-9.
Rojek, C. and J. Urry (Eds.) (1997) Touring Culture: transformations of

Travel and Theory. London and New York: Routledge.
Sheldon, P.J. Wöber,K., Fesenmaier D.R. (Eds) 2001, Information and

Communication Technologies in Tourism 2001: Proceedings of
the International Conference in Montreal, Canada, 2001:
Springer-Verlag Vienna ISBN 3-211-83649-7
Smith, S. (2010) Practical Tourism Research (CABI).
Starr N. and S. Norwood, (1996) The Traveler's World: A Dictionary of

Industry and Destination Literacy. Prenctice Hall.
Veal, A. J, (2006) Research Methods for Leisure and Tourism: A

Practical Guide, 3rd ed (Prentice Hall),
Vival, Victor R. (2010) Principles of Tourism. Anvil Publishing House

Inc. Mandaluyong City ISBN 978-971-27-2267-7 (np) ISBN 978-
971-27-2363-6 (bp)
Werthner, H. and Klein, S., (1999) Information Technology and

Tourism-A Challenging Relationship, Springer, New York.
Wöber, K.W. A.J. Frew M. Hitz (Editors) 2002, Information and

Communication Technologies in Tourism 2002:Springer-Verlag
Vienna ISBN 3-211-83780-9
WTO, 1999,Marketing Tourism Destinations Online:Strategies For The

Information Age, World Tourism Organization,Madrid.
WTO,2001, eBusiness for Tourism: Practical; Guidelines For

Destinations And Businesses, Madrid: World Tourism
Organisation.
Electronic Resources
 General Sources:
http://3.bp.blogspot.comHihWGeNIwbI/Ut3TNfciWuI/AAAAAAAAOiU/C
6XVuqAnFcU/s1600/1.png
https://www2.nbta.org/usa/about/Pages/TheValueofTravelManagement
.aspx
http://www.tourism.gov.ph/Downloadable%20Files/RA%209593.pdf
http://www.tourism.gov.ph/Pages/20091015TourismActof2009.aspx
http://www.tesda.gov.ph/inc/files/CBC%20Travel%20Services%20NC
%20II.doc
http://www.academia.edu/5236691/Discussion_1_Prelims_
http://www.slidegeeks.com/pics/dgm/l/c/constant_representation_of_6_
stages_using_arrows_vision_flowchart_templates_powerpoint_
slides_1.jpg
http://www.slidegeeks.com/pics/dgm/l/h/hands_emphasizing_7_stages
_process_flow_chart_powerpoint_slides_1.jpg
http://www.slidegeeks.com/pics/dgm/l/3/3d_successive_arrows_6_stag
es_flowchart_powerpoint_free_slides_1.jpg
http://vigattintourism.com/assets/article_main_photos/optimize/134828
65300D0UPluG.jpg
http://adventuroj.files.wordpress.com/2012/11/ilocos-tour.jpg
 Department of Foreign Affairs:

www.dfa.gov.ph
 Discover Philippines (Northern Mindanao):

http://www.wowphilippines.ca/index.php/destinations/mindanao/norther
n-mindanao
 About Philippine Tourism

http://www.tourism.gov.ph/Downloadable%20Files/Chap3%20Philippin
e%20Tourism%20Industry.pdf
http://www.tourism.gov.ph/SitePages/functions.aspx
 About Private Sectors:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_airlines_of_the_Philippines
http://www.nscb.gov.ph/secstat/d_trans.asp
http://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rail_transport_in_the_Philippines
http://www.ppa.com.ph/ppa%20web/portstat.htm
http://www.sunstar.com.ph/manila/local-news/2012/12/24/big-three-oil-
players-total-hike-gasoline-prices-259934
http://setupmyhotel.com/about-hotel-industry/classification-of-hotels-
by-there-type.html
http://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Types_of_restaurant
http://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cafeterias
http://infoasaid.org/guide/philippines/media-overview
 Business Permit/Accreditation Requirements:

http://www.dti.gov.ph/dti/uploads/file/BRR-Travel%20Agency.pdf
 About National Historical Commission of the Philippines:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/National_Historical_Commission_of_the_Ph
ilippines
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_historical_markers_in_the_Philippin
es
 About Types of Tourism:

http://www.asiatravel.com/philfestival.html
http://www.experiencephilippines.org/adventures-tourism/
http://en.wikipilipinas.org/index.php?title=Ecotourism_in_the_Philippine
s
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Philippine_dishes
http://www.rxpinoy.com/medicaltourismphilippines/v2/show-
stage.php?pti=2&ac=none
 About Reading and Interpret Map:

http://www.slideshare.net/TriciaMowat/geo-skills-2-parts-of-a-map
http://geography.about.com/od/understandmaps/a/map-types.htmv
http://geography.answers.com/maps/different-types-of-maps-and-their-
uses
 About World Geography:

http://www.airnzagent.co.nz/iata-areas-map
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/North_America
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/South_America
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Central_America
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Europe
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Middle_East
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asia
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oceania
 Internet in Travel Industry:

http://www.statisticbrain.com/internet-travel-hotel-booking-statistics/
http://www.eyefortravel.com/mobile-and-
technology/%E2%80%9Ctechnology%E2%80%99s-brisk-pace-
has-propelled-travel-agents-constantly-redefine-their
http://epubs.surrey.ac.uk/1126/1/fulltext.pdf
 About Global Distribution System:

http://www.slideshare.net/AngelinaNjegus/lesson-3-from-computer-
reservation-systems-to-global-distribution-systems
http://www.slideshare.net/AngelinaNjegus/lesson-4-introduction-to-
amadeus
http://www.travelport.com/Products/Worldspan-Go
http://www.travelport.com/Corporate-Site/Solutions/Travel-
Agencies/Overview
http://www.sabreairlinesolutions.com/home/
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sabre_%28computer_system%29
http://www.slideshare.net/AngelinaNjegus/lesson-3-from-computer-
reservation-systems-to-global-distribution-systems
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Galileo_CRS
 The Amadeus Global Distribution System Manual:

http://www.air.flyingway.com/books/amadeus/Amadeus_Guide.pdf

LM - Travel Services G10

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

LM - Travel Services G10

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

LM-Travel Services Grade 10

K to 12 Basic Education Program

TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION

Specialization Course for Grade 10

Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies (PECs)

Lesson 2: TRAVEL AGENCY ACCOUNTING DOCUMENTS & THE

The course provides varied and relevant activities and opportunities to

This learning material is specifically crafted to focus on the different

So, explore and experience the K to 12 TLE Curriculum!

The learner independently demonstrates competencies in Travel

This module is dedicated for learners who aspire to improve their

1. Excellent communication skills (must be proficient in the Native

Learners are expected to manifest a desire to further develop their

Quarter II has two lessons namely: Lesson 1 Market and Destination

Quarter III covers two Lessons namely: Lesson 1 The Travel

HOW TO USE THIS LEARNING MATERIAL?

1. This means to be innovative, to have an edge over the other competitors

2. This is a meaningful and unforgettable statement that captures the essence

3. Refers to a skill in strategic thinking and setting of goals

8. The company that offers travel services by sea

9. As stipulated in the law, travel agencies have the right to collect

13. It is described as that which motivates travelers to visit places is the

15. An example of lodging establishment

19. Pertains to water passage between lands.

20. Russia is part of this continental land area.

22. Below are the typical functions of a Computerized Reservation System

24. Which of these is not a Global Distribution System?

25. What Department of Tourism office formulates the tourism standards,

31. This is a group meeting devoted to analyze solutions of concrete

34. Refers to those travelers of executive rank, such as directors, assistant

35. Refers to the cheapest class of service, featuring upholstered benches on

38. The other name for Line MRT-3

39. Refers to sightseeing tours with other individual on a first-come-first-

42. The meaning of AITA

43. The meaning of ADM

45. What is the meaning of GDS?

46. A publication of the Reed Travel group which offers a comprehensive

49. The other name for Line MRT-2

PERSONAL ENTREPRENEURIAL COMPETENCIES

Content Standards Performance Standards

The learner independently creates a

Time Allotment: 4 hours

Now, to start with this module, let us discuss/explain the terms

Entrepreneurs are people with skills and capabilities to see and

Entrepreneurs are agents of economic change; they organize, manage

Entrepreneurship is a science that deals with evaluating a simple

Now that you have a little background knowledge about entrepreneur

 identify areas for improvement, development and growth;

Task 1: Matching Type

Direction: Match the entrepreneurial competencies in column A with their

Task 2: Guide Questions

A. Explain why entrepreneurial activities are important to social

LEARNING GOALS AND TARGET

After reading and understanding the objectives of this module and

Goals and Learning Ultimate

Figure 1: Strategic process to achieve the objectives of this module

READING RESOURCES AND INSTRUCTIONAL ACTIVITIES

Task 3: Group Activity

Direction: Answer the following guide questions on a separate sheet of

1. Explain the importance of assessing one‘s PECs before engaging in a

3. What are the desirable personal characteristics, attributes, lifestyles,

4. Why is there a need to assess one‘s PECs in terms of characteristics,